Brp 600 sdi руководство

Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION  600 H.O. SDI 2005 Operator's Manual

  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Ski-Doo Manuals
  4. Snowmobiles
  5. SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005
  6. Operator’s manual

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Troubleshooting

  • Bookmarks

Quick Links

loading

Related Manuals for Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005

Summary of Contents for Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005

  • Page 1
    520 000 477…
  • Page 2
    SAFETY WARNING Disregarding any of the safety precautions and instructions contained in this Operator’s Guide, Safety Videocassette or on- product warnings may result in injury, including the possibility of death. This Operator’s Guide and Safety Videocassette should remain with the unit at time of resale. In USA, products are distributed by BRP US Inc.
  • Page 3
    Dear 2005 Skandic Expedition owner, in addition to the infor- mations in the 2005 Tundra Skandic Series Operator’s Guide (P/N 520 000 477), the following also applies to your model. __________________________…
  • Page 4: Table Of Contents

    TABLE OF CONTENTS VEHICLE INFORMATION HOW TO IDENTIFY YOUR SNOWMOBILE ….. Engine Serial Number Location ……. . ON-VEHICLE IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS.

  • Page 5
    SPECIFICATIONS ……….45 WARRANTY BRP LIMITED WARRANTY NORTH AMERICA: 2005 SKI-DOO ®…
  • Page 6: Vehicle Information

    VEHICLE INFORMATION __________________________…

  • Page 7: How To Identify Your Snowmobile

    HOW TO IDENTIFY YOUR SNOWMOBILE Engine Serial Number Location 600 H.O. SDI A32C01B 1. Engine serial number V-1000 A32A1XA 1. Engine serial number __________________________…

  • Page 8: On-Vehicle Important Instructions

    ON-VEHICLE IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS The following instructions are on your snowmobile. If missing or damaged, the decals can be replaced free of charge. See an autho- rized SKI-DOO dealer. Please read the following instructions carefully before operating this snowmobile. 1,2,3,4 A29H1AB TYPICAL —…

  • Page 9
    Instruction 2 A00A8TA Instruction 3 A00A8UA __________________________…
  • Page 10
    Instruction 4 A00A8VA Instruction 5 A05H1CA __________________________…
  • Page 11
    Instruction 6 A01A2EA Instruction 7 A01A2FA _________________________…
  • Page 12
    Instruction 8 A01A2GA TYPICAL Instruction 9 A29A0IA __________________________…
  • Page 13
    Instruction 10 A32A1GA Instruction 11 A32A1HA TYPICAL _________________________…
  • Page 14
    Instruction 12 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION THIS ENGINE IS CERTIFIED TO OPERATE ON UNLEADED GASOLINE AND CONFORMS TO XXXX U.S. EPA REGULATIONS FOR SNOWMOBILE SI ENGINES. ENGINE FAMILY: ………… XXXXXXXXXXX FEL: …………XXg/kW-hr HC+NO XXXg/kW-hr CO ENGINE DISPLACEMENT:……… XXXX cc EXHAUST EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM: ….TUNE-UP SPECIFICATIONS IDLE SPEED: …………
  • Page 15: Controls/Instruments/Equipment

    CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS/EQUIPMENT A29A0JA 41-42-43 A29A0KA NOTE: See description of numbered items in Tundra Skandic Series Operator’s Guide (P/N 520 000 477) except for the following. _________________________…

  • Page 16: Fuses

    CAUTION: Do not use skis to pull or lift snowmobile. 37) Low Battery Voltage Pilot Lamp This lamp will light up to indicate a low battery voltage condition. See an authorized SKI-DOO dealer as soon as possible. __________________________…

  • Page 17: Oil Pilot Lamp

    Restart engine, oil pilot lamp must turn off after few seconds. If oil pilot lamp still glows up, stop engine and have lubrication system inspected by an authorized SKI-DOO dealer. 39) Engine Management System (EMS) Pilot Lamp This lamp will light up to indicate a trouble. Refer to TROU- BLESHOOTING for trouble code meaning and remedy.

  • Page 18: Resetable Hour Meter

    43) Resetable Hour Meter Records engine running time in hours and minutes since it has been reset. NOTE: At vehicle speed of 90 km/h (55 MPH) and more the mode LCD screen will show speed only instead of the selected mode. 44) Heating Grip Switch A33E04B TYPICAL…

  • Page 19
    Release START button immediately when engine has started. If engine does not start on first try, wait a few seconds then repeat procedure. To stop engine, turn off engine cut-out switch or pull off tether cord cap. _________________________…
  • Page 20: Fuel And Oil

    FUEL AND OIL Recommended Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline, available from most service stations or oxygenated fuel containing less than 10% of ethanol or 5% of methanol. The gasoline used must have the following recommend- ed minimum octane number. LOCATION OCTANE NUMBER Inside North America 87 (RON + MON)/2…

  • Page 21: Recommended Oil

    Recommended Oil 600 H.O. SDI CAUTION: Use only injection oil that flows at — 40°C (- 40°F). Do not mismatch oil reservoir cap with fuel tank cap. Oil reservoir cap is identified OIL. Oil is contained in the injection oil reservoir. Use only two-stroke engine injection oil sold by an authorized SKI- DOO dealers.

  • Page 22
    WARNING Do not overfill. Reinstall cap and fully tighten. Wipe off any oil spills. Oil is highly flammable. V-1000 With V-1000 use XP-S 0W40 synthetic 4-stroke oil (P/N 293 600 054). NOTE: There is no known equivalent for this oil on the market for the moment.
  • Page 23: Break-In Period

    BREAK-IN PERIOD Engine CAUTION: A break-in period of 10 operating hours or 500 km (300 miles) is required before running the snowmobile at full throttle. During break-in period, maximum throttle should not exceed 3/4. However, brief full acceleration and speed variations contribute to a good break-in.

  • Page 24: Operating Instructions

    OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Starting the Engine • Recheck throttle control lever operation. • Ensure that the engine cut-out switch is in the ON position. • Ensure that the tether cord cap is in position and that the cord is attached to your clothing eyelet. NOTE: On the 600 H.O.

  • Page 25
    A07D0UA Attach one end of emergency rope to rewind handle. NOTE: The spark plug socket can be used as an emergency handle. A17B01A TYPICAL Attach the other end of emergency rope to the starter clip supplied in the tool kit. Hook up clip on drive pulley.
  • Page 26
    A19D13A TYPICAL 1. Clip Pull the rope using a sharp, crisp pull so the rope comes free of the drive pulley. Start engine as per usual manual starting. WARNING When starting the snowmobile in an emergency situation, us- ing drive pulley, do not reinstall the belt guard and return slow- ly to have snowmobile repaired.
  • Page 27: Maintenance Information

    MAINTENANCE INFORMATION __________________________…

  • Page 28: Periodic Maintenance Chart

    (4) ONCE A YEAR OR EVERY 3200 km (2000 m.). (5) ONCE A YEAR OR EVERY 6000 km (3700 m.). (6) STORAGE (to be performed by an authorized SKI-DOO dealer). (7) PRESEASON PREPARATION (to be performed by an authorized SKI-DOO dealer).

  • Page 29
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Stabilizer Fuel Filter Fuel Lines and Connections Throttle Cable Air Filter Fuel Injection System (visual inspection) Throttle Body Bores and Throttle Plates (3) DRIVE Drive Belt Drive and Driven Pulleys Tightening Torque of Drive Pulley Screw Driven Pulley Preload BRAKE…
  • Page 30
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) ELECTRICAL EMS Fault Codes (3) Spark Plugs (1) (3) Battery Headlamp Beam Aiming Wiring Harnesses, Cables and Lines Operation of Lighting System (HI/LO beam, brake light, etc.), Test Operation of Engine Cut-Out Switch and Tether Cut-Out Switch BODY/FRAME Rags in Air Intake and Exhaust System…
  • Page 31: Fluid Levels

    Oil level must be between lower and upper marks. NOTE: It is normal to find metallic particles stuck to dipstick mag- net. If bigger pieces of metal are found, see an authorized SKI-DOO dealer. Remove metal particles from magnet.

  • Page 32: Oil Injection System

    A29C31A TYPICAL 1. Dipstick Oil Injection System 600 H.O. SDI Always maintain a sufficient amount of recommended injection oil in the injection oil reservoir. CAUTION: Never allow oil reservoir to be almost empty. Do not mismatch oil reservoir cap with fuel tank cap. Install cap that is identified OIL.

  • Page 33: Engine Oil Level

    A29C32A 1. Injection oil reservoir Engine Oil Level V-1000 Make sure engine is at operating temperature. Snowmobile must be on a level surface. Leave engine running at idle for 30 seconds. Stop engine and wipe the dipstick. Dipstick must be completely screwed in before checking oil level. Oil level must be between minimum and maximum marks on dip- stick.

  • Page 34: Cooling System

    A29C2YA 1. Maximum 2. Minimum Add XP-S 0W40 synthetic 4-stroke oil (P/N 293 600 054) or an equiv- alent through dipstick hole as required. Reinstall dipstick. Cooling System Check coolant level in expansion reservoir. When the engine is cold, the level must be between minimum and maximum marks. _________________________…

  • Page 35
    A29C33A 600 H.O. SDI — EXPANSION RESERVOIR NEAR INJECTION OIL RESERVOIR 1. Maximum A29C2ZA V-1000 — EXPANSION RESERVOIR NEAR MUFFLER 1. Maximum 2. Minimum __________________________…
  • Page 36: Battery Electrolyte

    Battery Electrolyte The Skandic Expedition is equipped with a maintenance-free battery. Electrolyte level can not be checked. WARNING Battery BLACK negative cable must always be disconnected first and connected last. WARNING Never charge or boost battery while installed. Battery elec- trolyte contains sulfuric acid which is corrosive and poisonous.

  • Page 37: Maintenance For Epa Certified Engines

    MAINTENANCE FOR EPA CERTIFIED ENGINES Maintenance, replacement, or repair of the emission control de- vices and systems may be performed by any snowmobile SI (spark ignition) engine repair establishments or individual. Engine Emissions Information Manufacturer’s Responsibility Beginning with 2005 model year engines, snowmobile manufactur- ers of snowmobile engines may determine the exhaust emission levels for each engine horsepower family and certify these engines with the United States of America Environmental Protection Agen-…

  • Page 38
    EPA Emission Regulations All new 2005 and more recent certified SKI-DOO snowmobiles man- ufactured by BRP are certified to the EPA as conforming to the re- quirements of the regulations for the control of air pollution from new snowmobile engines. This certification is contingent on certain ad- justments being set to factory standards.
  • Page 39: Maintenance

    MAINTENANCE WARNING It is recommended that the assistance of an authorized SKI- DOO dealer be periodically obtained on other components/ systems not covered in this guide. Unless otherwise speci- fied, engine must not be running and cold. Remove tether cord cap before performing any maintenance or adjustment, unless otherwise specified.

  • Page 40: Air Filter Cleaning

    A29D2RA 1. Collar screw 2. Vent hose 3. Air temperature sensor 4. Latch – Refer to Tundra Skandic Series Operator’s Guide (P/N 520 000 477) and follow Skandic SUV 600 procedure to remove belt guard. At installation do not forget to connect air temperature sensor other- wise a trouble code will appear.

  • Page 41: Drive Pulley Adjustment

    A29C30B 1. Air filter Drive Pulley Adjustment WARNING Remove tether cord cap before performing any maintenance or adjustment, unless otherwise specified. Vehicle must be parked in a safe place, away from the trail. General From factory TRA drive pulley adjustment screws are set to differ- ent positions depending vehicle and its engine type.

  • Page 42
    This could lead to serious injury including the possibility of death. See your SKI-DOO dealer to maintain or service the drive pulley. Improper servicing or maintenance may affect per- formance and reduce belt life. Always respect maintenance schedules.
  • Page 43: Troubleshooting

    TROUBLESHOOTING Monitoring Beeper Coded Signals 2 short beeps (when engine is started). DESS/RER pilot lamp also blinks. 1. Confirms that proper tether cord cap is installed. Engine can rev above pulley engagement. – Normal condition. 1 short beep every 1.5 seconds (when engine is started). DESS/RER pilot lamp also blinks.

  • Page 44
    3 short beeps per second. Oil pilot lamp also lights up. 1. Low oil pressure on 4-TEC models. – Stop engine immediately and check oil level and top it. Check lubrication system. 3 short beeps per second. 1. Low battery voltage. –…
  • Page 45: Specifications

    SPECIFICATIONS SKANDIC EXPEDITION MODEL 600 H.O. SDI V-1000 ENGINE 1004-Rotax, Type 593-Rotax, 2-TEC 4-TEC Number of cylinder 594.40 cc 995.90 cc Displacement (60.774 cu. in.) (60.774 cu. in.) Bore 72 mm (2.83 in) 100 mm (3.937 in) 63.40 mm Stroke 73 mm (2.87 in) (2.496 in) Maximum power engine…

  • Page 46
    SKANDIC EXPEDITION MODEL 600 H.O. SDI V-1000 TRACK 40 — 50 Tension (in) (1-9/16 — 1-31/32) (1) Alignment DIMENSION Dry mass 310 kg (683 lb) 342 kg (754 lb) Overall length 3.06 m (120.5 in) Overall width 1.22 m (48 in) LIQUIDS and GREASES Engine oil Coolant…
  • Page 47
    (1) Measure gap between slider shoe and bottom inside of track when exerting a downward pull of 7.3 kg (16 lb) to the track. (2) Equal distance between edges of track guides and slider shoes. (3) 87 (R + M)/2 Inside North America or 91 RON Outside North America.
  • Page 48: Warranty

    WARRANTY __________________________…

  • Page 49: Brp Limited Warranty North America: 2005 Ski-Doo

    All genuine Ski-Doo parts and accessories, installed by an authorized BRP dealer (as hereinafter defined) at the time of delivery of the 2005 Ski-Doo snowmobile, carry the same warranty as that of the snow- mobile. A GPS receiver may be supplied by BRP as standard equipment on certain 2005 Ski-Doo snowmobiles.

  • Page 50
    600 HO 4-TEC EMISSION-RELATED COMPONENTS V-1000 Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) Air Temperature Sensor (ATS) Air Pressure Sensor (APS) Fuel Pressure Regulator Fuel Injectors Engine Management System (EMS) Cylinder Head Rubber Rings/O-Ring or Gasket Cylinder/Base Gaskets Throttle Body Shaft Seals RAVE Hose System Exhaust System Sealing Components Knock Sensor Muffler Temperature Sensor…
  • Page 51
    This warranty coverage is available only on 2005 Ski-Doo snowmo- bile purchased as new and unused by its first owner from a BRP deal- er authorized to distribute Ski-Doo products in the country in which the sale occurred (“BRP dealer”), and then only after the BRP spec- ified pre-delivery inspection process is completed and documented.
  • Page 52
    6. EXCLUSIONS The following are not warranted under any circumstances: • Normal wear and tear; • Routine maintenance items, tune ups, adjustments; • Damage caused by failure to provide proper maintenance and/or storage, as described in the Operator’s Guide; • Damage resulting from removal of parts, improper repairs, service, maintenance, modifications or use of parts not manufactured or approved by BRP or resulting from repairs done by a person that is not an authorized servicing BRP dealer;…
  • Page 53
    Neither the distributor, any BRP dealer nor any other person has been authorized to make any affirmation, representation or warranty re- garding the product, other than those contained in this limited war- ranty, and if made, shall not be enforceable against BRP. BRP reserves the right to modify this warranty at any time, being un- derstood that such modification will not alter the warranty conditions applicable to the products sold while this warranty is in effect.
  • Page 54
    If the issue has not yet been resolved, please submit your com- plaint in writing or call the appropriate number below: In Canada: BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC. SKI-DOO CONSUMER SERVICES GROUP VALCOURT QC J0E 2L0 Tel: (819) 566-3366 In USA: BRP US INC.
  • Page 55: Brp International Limited Warranty: 2005 Ski-Doo

    All genuine Ski-Doo parts and accessories, installed by an authorized BRP distributor/dealer (as hereinafter defined) at the time of delivery of the 2005 Ski-Doo snowmobile, carry the same warranty as that of the snowmobile. Use of the product for racing or any other competitive activity, at any point, even by a previous owner, will render this warranty null and void.

  • Page 56
    Routine maintenance outlined in the Operator’s Guide must be time- ly performed in order to maintain warranty coverage. BRP reserves the right to make warranty coverage contingent upon proof of proper maintenance. 4. WHAT TO DO TO OBTAIN WARRANTY COVERAGE The customer must notify a servicing BRP distributor/dealer within two (2) days of the appearance of a defect, and provide it with reasonable access to the product and reasonable opportunity to…
  • Page 57
    • Operation with fuels, oils or lubricants which are not suitable for use with the product (see the Operator’s Guide); • Snow or water ingestion; • Incidental or consequential damages, or damages of any kind in- cluding without limitation towing, storage, telephone, rental, taxi, inconvenience, insurance coverage, loan payments, loss of time, loss of income;…
  • Page 58
    If the matter still remains unresolved then contact BRP by writing to us at the address listed below. BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC. SKI-DOO CONSUMER SERVICES GROUP VALCOURT QC J0E 2L0 Canada Tel: (819) 566-3366 ©…
  • Page 59: Privacy Obligations/Disclaimer

    PRIVACY OBLIGATIONS/DISCLAIMER We wish to inform you that your coordinates will be used for safety and warranty purposes. Sometimes, we also use the coordinates of our clients to inform them about our products and to present them offers. Should you prefer not to receive information on our products, services and offers, please let us know by writing to the address below.

  • Page 60: Change Of Address Or Ownership

    BRP. STOLEN UNITS: If your snowmobile is stolen, you should notify BRP or an authorized SKI-DOO distributor/dealer. We will ask you to pro- vide your name, address, phone number, the vehicle identification number and the date it was stolen.

  • Page 61
    __________________________…
  • Page 62
    _________________________…
  • Page 63
    __________________________…
  • Page 64
    _________________________…

  • Страница 1 из 117

    РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ LYNX® 2010 AdventureTM Grand Tourer 600 SDI AdventureTM Grand Tourer 1200 4-TEC XtrimTM Commander 600 SDI XtrimTM Commander 600 SDI Limited НАПОМИНАНИЕ О БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ Несоблюдение инструкций и рекомендаций по мерам безопасности, которые содержатся в Руководстве по

  • Страница 2 из 117

    ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ Поздравляем, Вы стали владельцем снегохода Lynx. Вне зависимости от выбранной модели снегоход обеспечивается гарантией Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. (BRP) и поддержкой дилеров Lynx, которые всегда готовы обеспечить Вас запасными частями, обслуживанием и аксессуарами. Руководство

  • Страница 3 из 117

    ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ отдаётся тексту на английском языке. Спецификации приведены в метрической системе единиц СИ. Для удобства (и там, где возможно) значения физических величин округлены. Основные узлы и детали снегохода изготовлены по метрическим стандартам. Крепёжные детали также изготовлены в метрической

  • Страница 4 из 117

    ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1 ИНФОРМАЦИЯ ПО БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ…………………………………………………………….. 8 Подготовка водителя

  • Страница 5 из 117

    ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ 19) Крышка топливного бака ………………………………………………………………………………………48 20) Капот и боковые панели ……………………………………………………………………………………….49 21) Предохранители

  • Страница 6 из 117

    ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОЕ ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ ………………………………………….. 80 РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ СНЕГОХОДОВ ОСНАЩЁННЫХ 2-ТАКТНЫМ ДВИГАТЕЛЕМ (С ВОЗДУШНЫМ И ЖИДКОСТНЫМ

  • Страница 7 из 117

    ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА МЕЖДУНАРОДНАЯ ОГРАНИЧЕННАЯ ГАРАНТИЯ КОМПАНИИ BRP FINLAND OY НА СНЕГОХОДЫ LYNX® 2010 ……………………………………………………. 108 ГАРАНТИЯ ПРАВ ЛИЧНОСТИ/ОТКАЗ ОТ УСЛУГ ……………………………………………111 ИЗМЕНЕНИЕ АДРЕСА

  • Страница 8 из 117

    ИНФОРМАЦИЯ ПО БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ 7

  • Страница 9 из 117

    ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ Подготовка водителя Настоятельно рекомендуем пройти базовый курс обучения вождению снегохода. Внимательно изучите настоящее Руководство по эксплуатации, обратив особое внимание на содержащиеся в нем предупреждения. Вступите в клуб любителей снегоходов. Деятельность

  • Страница 10 из 117

    ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ происшествия. Обязательно надевайте защитный шлем сертифицированного образца, защитные очки и лицевой щиток. Это относится и к пассажиру. При движении вне трассы помните о связанных с этим опасностях, таких как лавина, природные или искусственно созданные препятствия.

  • Страница 11 из 117

    ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ Запрещается пускать двигатель снегохода при снятом защитном кожухе ремня/шкива вариатора, открытых или снятых боковых панелях и капоте. Не допускайте работу двигателя при снятом ремне вариатора. Пуск двигателя без нагрузки может представлять опасность. Для моделей с

  • Страница 12 из 117

    ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ Основные правила техники безопасности для пассажира Не катайтесь на снегоходе в качестве пассажира, если он не оборудован местом для пассажира. В течение всей поездки пассажир должен находиться на сиденье для пассажира. Обязательно надевайте защитный шлем установленного

  • Страница 13 из 117

    ЗАКОНОДАТЕЛЬНЫЕ НОРМЫ Изучите и знайте местное законодательство. Правила эксплуатации и контроля безопасного состояния снегоходов регулируются законами и постановлениями федеральных, региональных и местных органов власти. Владелец снегохода обязан знать и соблюдать эти законы и постановления. Вы

  • Страница 14 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Прежде чем выезжать на трассу, потренируйтесь на ровной закрытой площадке, пока полностью не овладеете основами управления и не почувствуете уверенность в том, что сможете безопасно ездить в более разнообразных условиях. Желаем радостных и безопасных путешествий! Принцип

  • Страница 15 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Наиболее удобной обувью для езды на снегоходе являются ботинки с кожаным или нейлоновым верхом и на резиновой подошве. Ботинки должны иметь вынимаемые войлочные стельки. Во время поездки на снегоходе старайтесь не промокать. Придя в помещение, снимите и тщательно просушите

  • Страница 16 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Движение с пассажиром Снегоходы могут быть одно-, двух- и даже трехместными. Проверьте по табличке на корпусе снегохода, можно ли брать на борт пассажиров и сколько. Перегрузка снегохода, не предназначенного для перевозки пассажиров, очень опасна. Если правила не запрещают

  • Страница 17 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ взявший на борт пассажира, должен плавно начинать движение и плавно тормозить; скорость движения должна быть снижена до безопасного уровня. Вы, как водитель, должны предупреждать пассажира о крене, уклоне, неровностях, ветках деревьев, нависших над трассой, поворотах и т. д.

  • Страница 18 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ гусеничной ленты и вращающихся деталей гусеничного движителя. Движение по ледяному покрову Движение на снегоходе по льду замёрзших озёр и рек может представлять опасность для жизни. Остерегайтесь таких трасс. Находясь на незнакомой местности, узнайте у местных жителей или

  • Страница 19 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Движение по размокшему снегу Перед переправой по льду через водную преграду разведайте наличие участков с размокшим снегом. Если колея лыж темнеет и на дне выступает вода, немедленно сверните со льда на берег. Старайтесь избегать движения по размокшему снегу. Куски льда и

  • Страница 20 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Прохождение поворотов Пересечение железнодорожных путей В зависимости от состояния снежного покрова или трассы может применяться один из двух способов поворота снегохода. В большинстве случаев для уверенного прохождения криволинейных участков трассы необходимо отклонять тело в

  • Страница 21 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Постоянно контролируйте положение впереди идущего снегохода. Сигналы Перед остановкой снегохода подайте знак следующим за Вами водителям, подняв вверх над головой правую или левую руку. Поворот влево обозначают вытянутой левой рукой, которая поднята в горизонтальное положение.

  • Страница 22 из 117

    ОКРУЖАЮЩАЯ СРЕДА 21

  • Страница 23 из 117

    ОБЩИЕ СВЕДЕНИЯ При правильной эксплуатации снегоходы могут приносить определённую пользу природе. Например, по укатанным колеям снегоходов дикие животные могут мигрировать в другие зоны обитания. Не злоупотребляйте техническими возможностями снегохода и не устраивайте погоню или травлю диких

  • Страница 24 из 117

    ЧТО ЗНАЧИТ «БЕРЕЖНО ОТНОСИТЬСЯ К ПРИРОДЕ»? Для бережного отношения к природе важно, где и как Вы эксплуатируете Ваш снегоход. Всегда выполняйте следующие рекомендации. Будьте информированы. Запаситесь картами, изучите местное природоохранное законодательство и правила пользования рекреационными

  • Страница 25 из 117

    ПОЧЕМУ МЫ ДОЛЖНЫ БЕРЕЖНО ОТНОСИТЬСЯ К ПРИРОДЕ? Всем владельцам и любителям катания на снегоходах хорошо известны те многолетние усилия, которые предпринимаются с самого начала развития этого вида зимнего спорта и направлены на расширение регионов, доступных для безопасной и ответственной

  • Страница 26 из 117

    СВЕДЕНИЯ О ТРАНСПОРТНОМ СРЕДСТВЕ 25

  • Страница 27 из 117

    ИДЕНТИФИКАЦИОННЫЕ НОМЕРА СНЕГОХОДА Табличка с данными снегохода Расположение идентификационного номера снегохода (V.I.N.) Табличка с данными снегохода находится на правой стороне туннеля. Идентификационный номер снегохода (V.I.N.) указан в табличке (см. выше) и выбит на туннеле рядом с табличкой.

  • Страница 28 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: На некоторых моделях могут отсутствовать те или иные органы управления, приборы или оборудование, поэтому на иллюстрациях соответствующие позиции не указываются. Typical1 ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ Typical2 ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ 27

  • Страница 29 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Typical3 ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ Co mmande r Seat ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ 28

  • Страница 30 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. Выключатель со шнуром безопасности Выключатель двигателя Рукоятка ручного стартера Рычаг переключения передач Крышка топливного бака Капот и боковые панели Предохранители Рукоятка/бампер

  • Страница 31 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ mmo2 008 -003 -014 ЛЕВАЯ ЧАСТЬ ИНФОРМАЦИОННОГО ЦЕНТРА 2) Тахометр Показывает частоту вращения коленчатого вала двигателя в об/мин. Для получения фактического значения частоты вращения, показания тахометра необходимо умножить на 1000.

  • Страница 32 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ A) Спидометр В дополнение к аналоговому спидометру скорость также может быть показана на многофункциональном дисплее. mmo2 007 -009 -066_u МНОГОФУНКЦИОНАЛЬНЫЙ АНАЛОГОЦИФРОВОЙ ИНФОРМАЦИОННЫЙ ЦЕНТР 1. Многофункциональный дисплей ФУНКЦИИ ДИСПЛЕЯ ФУНКЦИЯ

  • Страница 33 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ mmo2 007 -009 -066_n 1. Режим спидометра (Km/h/MPH) Для подтверждения выбора режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M) или подождите 5 секунд. mmo2 007 -009 -066_m ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Показания на дисплее будут «мигать» примерно 5 секунд, затем дисплей вернётся к показаниям

  • Страница 34 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ E) Счётчик моточасов Показывает наработку двигателя с момента последнего сброса показаний. Для выбора режима счётчика моточасов (HrTRIP) нажмите кнопку SET (S). mmo2 007 -009 -066_p 1. Режим одометра (км/мили) D) Счётчик пробега за поездку «A» или «B»

  • Страница 35 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Нажмите и удерживайте кнопку SET (S) для активации режима настройки часов. mmo2 007 -009 -066_q mmo2 007 -009 -066_k При мигающей надписи HOURS (ЧАСЫ), нажатиями кнопки SET (S) установите нужное значение часов. Для перехода к настройкам минут (MINUTES)

  • Страница 36 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ При включённом режиме альтиметра на дисплее появится следующий символ. Нажмите кнопку SET (S) для выбора режима альтиметра (M/FT). mmo2 007 -009 -066_s mmo2 008 -003 -023 РЕЖИМ АЛЬТИМЕТРА Для подтверждения выбора режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M) или подождите

  • Страница 37 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Для смены режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M). mmo2 007 -009 -066_m mmo2 007 -009 -066_m ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Показания на дисплее будут «мигать» примерно 5 секунд, затем дисплей вернётся к показаниям прежде выбранного режима, если не выбрать новый режим. Нажмите кнопку

  • Страница 38 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ mmo2 007 -009 -066_n 1. Режим средней скорости (AVR_SPD) Для подтверждения выбора режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M) или подождите 5 секунд. mmo2 007 -009 -066_w K) Степень обогрева рукояток руля Степень обогрева показывает столбцовый индикатор. Более подробное

  • Страница 39 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ mmo2 007 -009 -066_n 1. Режим среднего расхода топлива (L/100 km) mmo2 007 -009 -044_a ОБОГРЕВ РЫЧАГА ДРОССЕЛЬНОЙ ЗАСЛОНКИ 1. Диапазон показаний Для подтверждения выбора режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M) или подождите 5 секунд. M) Средний расход топлива

  • Страница 40 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Нажмите кнопку SET (S) для выбора режима суммарного расхода топлива (TC). mmo2 007 -009 -066_p 1. Режим счётчика пробега за поездку (TRIP B) mmo2 007 -009 -066_n 1. Суммарный расход топлива (TC) Для сброса показаний нажмите и удерживайте кнопку SET (S).

  • Страница 41 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ P) Температура охлаждающей жидкости Столбцовый индикатор непрерывно показывает температуру охлаждающей жидкости двигателя. mmo2 009 -004 -049_L ТЕМПЕРАТУРА ОХЛАЖДАЮЩЕЙ ЖИДКОСТИ 1. Диапазон показаний Q) Режим записи параметров движения (опция) В этом режиме в

  • Страница 42 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Чтобы повторить просмотр записанных данных, нажмите кнопку SET (S) для возврата в режим воспроизведения PLAY. Повторите процедуру воспроизведения, описанную выше. Для записи новых сессий нажмите кнопку SET (S) для перехода в режим записи REC. Повторите

  • Страница 43 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ СИГНАЛЬНАЯ ЛАМПА ВКЛЮЧЕНА ЗВУКОВОЙ СИГНАЛ СООБЩЕНИЕ НА ДИСПЛЕЕ (только комплектации X и Limited) ОПИСАНИЕ Двухтактные двигатели: Низкий уровень инжекционного масла. Остановите снегоход в безопасном месте, пополните запас инжекционного масла. 4 коротких

  • Страница 44 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 7) Кнопка настройки дисплея SET (S) Кнопка предназначена для настройки параметров, отображаемых на многофункциональном дисплее, и обнуления показаний. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Можно также пользоваться кнопкой SET (S) на многофункциональном переключателе, которая имеет

  • Страница 45 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Выберите наиболее комфортную для Вас степень обогрева. ДЛЯ ВСЕХ МОДЕЛЕЙ XU mmo2 007 -009 -037_b ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ — ВЫКЛЮЧЕНИЕ СТОЯНОЧНОГО ТОРМОЗА Шаг 1: Нажмите рычаг тормоза 11) Многофункциональный переключатель mmo2 008 -003 -009_c 1. Выключатель обогрева

  • Страница 46 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ДЛЯ ВСЕХ МОДЕЛЕЙ XU Кнопка Mode/Set (Режим/Установка) ВСЕ МОДЕЛИ XU Этой кнопкой можно пользоваться вместо двух кнопок сверху на аналоговом/цифровом информационном центре для облегчения его настройки. – При нажатии вверх она имеет те же функции, что и кнопка

  • Страница 47 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 13) Регулировка положения руля (только для Grand Tourer) 15) Выключатель со шнуром безопасности МОДЕЛИ GRAND TOURER В модели Grand Tourer есть возможность регулирования положения руля. Вы можете выбрать одно из 4 положений руля. Система с вытяжным шнуром

  • Страница 48 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Ключ DESS, входящий в комплект поставки снегохода, содержит электронный чип с уникальным цифровым кодом, постоянно хранящимся в его памяти. Дилер LYNX заносит этот код в память электронного блока ECM (Блок управления двигателем) снегохода. После считывания и

  • Страница 49 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 16) Выключатель двигателя Выключатель имеет нажимно-отжимную конструкцию. Для аварийной остановки двигателя нажмите на кнопку выключателя (положение OFF) и одновременно нажмите рычаг тормоза. Для пуска двигателя кнопку следует перевести в верхнее положение

  • Страница 50 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Во время заправки топливом двигатель должен быть вык лючен. Бензин является горючим и взрывоопасным продуктом. Производите заправку на открытом воздухе или в хорошо проветриваемом помещении. Не курите вблизи топливного бака, не подносите к

  • Страница 51 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ mmo2 009 -004 -040_a 1. Резиновый замок 2. Приподнимите заднюю часть панели, чтобы высвободить пластиковый выступ. 3. Сдвиньте панель назад. Установка боковой панели 1. Вставьте передние нижние выступы панели в соответствующие пазы консоли. mmo2 009 -004

  • Страница 52 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Нижние боковые панели ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Не допускайте работу двигателя снегохода с открытыми или снятыми боковыми панелями. Открытие нижней боковой панели 1. Снимите верхнюю боковую панель как указано выше. 2. Расстегните резиновый замок. mmo2 009 -004 -046_L

  • Страница 53 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Установите и устраните причину перегорания предохранителя, преж де чем снова пускать двигатель. При необходимости обратитесь за помощью к дилеру LYNX. mmo2 009 -004 -048_l 1. Выступ 2. Паз 4. Застегните резиновый замок. 5. Поверните фиксатор

  • Страница 54 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Во избежание травм не пытайтесь поднять тяжёлый снегоход в одиночку. Пользуйтесь подъёмными устройствами и приспособлениями или позовите кого-нибудь на помощь. Чтобы открыть крышку, необходимо потянуть и удерживать резиновый фиксатор, затем

  • Страница 55 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Перед установкой свечи зажигания проверьте искровой зазор (см. раздел «ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ»). ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Commander Limited: Свечи зажигания находятся в комплекте Army. Все щитки и кожухи должны всегда стоять на своём месте. Не регулируйте

  • Страница 56 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Компания BRP не рекомендует двигаться длительное время с высокой скоростью на снегоходах, оснащённых гусеницами с увеличенными грунтозацепами, по трассе, уплотнённому снегу или льду. В случае необходимости такого движения снизьте скорость и постарайтесь

  • Страница 57 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 200 9-004-0 18 HIGH 1. Крючок сиденья 2. Паз ВЕРХНЕЕ 3. Сдвиньте сиденье вперёд по направлению к водительскому сиденью и нажмите на заднюю часть, чтобы защёлкнуть крепление сиденья. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: При правильной установке сиденья Вы должны услышать характерный

  • Страница 58 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 3. Вращайте рычажок по часовой стрелке, чтобы зафиксировать положение поручня. 4. Опустите рычажок. 31) Выключатель обогрева поручней пассажира Выключатель находится на левом поручне пассажира. Отрегулируйте степень обогрева, как показано на рисунке. 33)

  • Страница 59 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Hitc h 1. Проволочный фиксатор 2. Крюк ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Убедитесь, что проволочный фиксатор находится на своём месте. ОТСОЕДИНЕНИЕ ОТ СЦЕПНОГО УСТРОЙСТВА 1. Выньте проволочный фиксатор. 2. Отсоедините буксировочную штангу от крюка. 3. Установите проволочный

  • Страница 60 из 117

    ТОПЛИВО И МАСЛО Рекомендуемое топливо Топливный антифриз Пользуйтесь стандартным неэтилированным бензином, который продаётся на автозаправочных станциях, или бензином с кислородными добавками (содержащим не более 10% этилового или метилового спирта). При использовании топлива с кислородными

  • Страница 61 из 117

    ТОПЛИВО И МАСЛО РЕКОМЕНДУЕМОЕ ИНЖЕКЦИОННОЕ МАСЛО XP-S synthetic oil (P/N 619 590 106) (2)(3) XP-S synthetic blend (P/N 619590103)(2)(3) XP-S mineral injection oil 600 HO SDI (1) — X(1) X рекомендованное О С Т О Р О Ж Н О (2) М а с л а X P — S synthetic oil и XP-S synthetic blend специально

  • Страница 62 из 117

    ОБКАТКА СНЕГОХОДА Только модели с двигателем 600 SDI ОСТОРОЖНО Двигатель снегохода требует обкатки в течение 10 моточасов или на протяжении пробега около 500 км, преж де чем он сможет нормально работать на полную мощность. Во время обкатки не следует открывать дроссельную заслонку более чем на три

  • Страница 63 из 117

    УКАЗАНИЯ ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ Проверка снегохода перед выездом ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Контрольный осмотр — важная часть процедуры подготовки снегохода к выезду. Проверьте работоспособность основных элементов управления, средств защиты, механических узлов и деталей. Нарушение указанных требований ставит под

  • Страница 64 из 117

    УКАЗАНИЯ ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ ПЕРЕЧЕНЬ КОНТРОЛЬНЫХ ПРОВЕРОК ПУНКТ Корпус, сиденье, подножки, осветительные и контрольные приборы, органы управления ОПЕРАЦИЯ  Очистить от снега и льда. Гусеница и направляющие катки Проверить свободу движения. Рычаг тормоза Проверить работоспособность. Стояночный тормоз

  • Страница 65 из 117

    УКАЗАНИЯ ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ ОСТОРОЖНО Не вк лючайте электрический стартер более чем на 10 секунд. Перед повторной попыткой пуска двигателя стартер должен остыть. Использование электрического стартера при работающем двигателе может привести к серьёзным поломкам системы пуска двигателя. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Если

  • Страница 66 из 117

    УКАЗАНИЯ ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Скорость движения задним ходом не ограничена. Соблюдайте осторожность, движение задним ходом с высокой скоростью может стать причиной потери снегоходом устойчивости. Не вставайте во время движения назад. Преж де чем начать движение назад убедитесь, что

  • Страница 67 из 117

    ОСОБЫЕ УСЛОВИЯ ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ Высокогорье и равнинная местность ОСТОРОЖНО Неправильная высотная настройка снегохода может стать причиной серьёзных поломок двигателя. Обратитесь за помощью к авторизованному дилеру LYNX. Аварийный пуск двигателя 1200 4-TEC Для данного типа двигателя процедура

  • Страница 68 из 117

    ОСОБЫЕ УСЛОВИЯ ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ снимайте ремень вариатора на буксируемом снегоходе. mmo2 008 -005 -014_a Резко дёрните за пусковой шнур так, чтобы он размотался и в конце соскочил с ведущего шкива. Запустите двигатель так, как это делается при ручном запуске. ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ После аварийного пуска не

  • Страница 69 из 117

    РЕГУЛИРОВКА ПОДВЕСКИ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Рег улировка подвески может влиять на управляемость снегохода. Уделите время для ознакомления с поведением снегохода после выполнения рег улировки подвески. Управляемость и плавность хода Вашего снегохода зависят от регулировки подвески. Выбор оптимального

  • Страница 70 из 117

    РЕГУЛИРОВКА ПОДВЕСКИ Преднатяг задних пружин (комфорт) ВАЖНАЯ ИНФОРМАЦИЯ: Убедитесь, что все перевозимые предметы и груз, уложены в багажное отделение и на заднюю багажную площадку. – Возьмитесь за задний бампер и поднимайте заднюю часть снегохода, пока ход подвески не будет полностью выбран. –

  • Страница 71 из 117

    РЕГУЛИРОВКА ПОДВЕСКИ Если рулевое управление чрезмерно затруднено или чрезмерно облегчено, отрегулируйте центральную пружину. СПРАВОЧНАЯ ТАБЛИЦА ПЕРЕРАСПРЕДЕЛЕНИЕ ВЕСА (ДАВЛЕНИЕ ЛЫЖ) ПРИЧИНА, РЕШЕНИЕ Регулировка не требуется УПРАВЛЯЕМОСТЬ ПРИЧИНА, РЕШЕНИЕ Лёгкая в повороте (нейтральная) Регулировка

  • Страница 72 из 117

    РЕГУЛИРОВКА ПОДВЕСКИ Регулировка удлинителя подвески Удлинитель подвески регулируется с учётом нагрузки на снегоход и состояния снежного покрова. Для улучшения движения по глубокому снегу, в том числе и задним ходом: ослабьте контргайку, затем заверните гайку на ¾ оборота после её контакта с

  • Страница 73 из 117

    УСТРАНЕНИЕ НЕИСПРАВНОСТЕЙ Звуковые коды Звуковые коды информируют о работе системы DESS и/или используются в качестве дополнения к сигнальным лампам для привлечения внимания водителя к неисправности или некоторым условиям работы. Более подробно значение звуковых кодов системы DESS описаны в главе

  • Страница 74 из 117

    УСТРАНЕНИЕ НЕИСПРАВНОСТЕЙ ХЛОПКИ В СИСТЕМЕ ВЫПУСКА 1. Перегрев двигателя – См. п. 2 «ПОТЕРЯ МОЩНОСТИ ДВИГАТЕЛЯ/СНЕГОХОД НЕ РАЗВИВАЕТ МАКСИМАЛЬНУЮ СКОРОСТЬ». 2. Нарушен угол опережения зажигания или неисправна система зажигания. – Обратитесь к дилеру LYNX. ПРОПУСКИ ЗАЖИГАНИЯ 1. Наличие воды в

  • Страница 75 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Компания BRP, придерживающаяся политики постоянного обновления и совершенствования своей продукции, оставляет за собой право на изменение технических характеристик, конструкции, дизайна и комплектации выпускаемой ею продукции без обязательства произвести

  • Страница 76 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ МОДЕЛЬ XTRIM COMMANDER 600 SDI XTRIM COMMANDER LIMITED ADVENTURE GRAND TOURER 600 SDI ПОДВЕСКА (продолжение) Задний амортизатор 36 мм HPG Максимальный ход задней подвески, мм 340 ЭЛЕКТРООБОРУДОВАНИЕ Мощность системы электроснабжения, Вт Фара (дальний/ближний свет) Задний

  • Страница 77 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ МОДЕЛЬ XTRIM COMMANDER 600 SDI XTRIM COMMANDER LIMITED ADVENTURE GRAND TOURER 600 SDI ГАБАРИТЫ Общая длинна, мм Общая ширина, мм Общая высота, мм «Сухая» масса, кг Лыжная колея, мм 3230 Commander/ Commander Limited 1135 Adventure 600 SDI 1198 Commander/ Commander Limited

  • Страница 78 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ 1200 4-TEC МОДЕЛЬ ADVENTURE GRAND TOURER 1200 4-TEC ДВИГАТЕЛЬ Rotax 1203, жидкостное охлаждение, четырехтактный, два распределительных вала верхнего расположения, промежуточный вал, сухой картер Тип Число цилиндров 3 Рабочий объем, куб. см 1170,7 Диаметр цилиндра

  • Страница 79 из 117

    МОДЕЛЬ ADVENTURE GRAND TOURER 1200 4-TEC ПОДВЕСКА Передняя подвеска A-LFS Передний амортизатор 36 HP GAS Максимальный ход передней подвески, мм Задняя подвеска 225 RCG-A Амортизатор переднего рычага Амортизатор заднего рычага 36 HP GAS 36 HP GAS SPA ЭЛЕКТРООБОРУДОВАНИЕ Мощность системы

  • Страница 80 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКОЕ ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕ 79

  • Страница 81 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Техническое обслуживание компонентов и систем, не вк лючённых в настоящий раздел, рекомендуем проводить у дилера LYNX. Все операции ТО, если не оговорено особо, проводятся при вык люченном, холодном двигателе. Во время проведения ТО колпачок шнура

  • Страница 82 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ СНЕГОХОДОВ ОСНАЩЁННЫХ 2-ТАКТНЫМ ДВИГАТЕЛЕМ (С ВОЗДУШНЫМ И ЖИДКОСТНЫМ ОХЛАЖДЕНИЕМ) РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2)

  • Страница 83 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 84 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 85 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 86 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ СНЕГОХОДОВ ОСНАЩЕННЫХ 4-ТАКТНЫМ ДВИГАТЕЛЕМ (V800 И 1203) РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000

  • Страница 87 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 88 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 89 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) 88 ВЫПОЛНЯЕТ АВТОРИЗОВАННЫЙ ДИЛЕР LYNX. ВЫПОЛНЯЕТ ВЛАДЕЛЕЦ СНЕГОХОДА. ВЫПОЛНЯЕТ ВЛАДЕЛЕЦ СНЕГОХОДА ИЛИ АВТОРИЗОВАННЫЙ ДИЛЕР LYNX (ПО ЗАПРОСУ). В ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ К ТО ПОСЛЕ ПРОБЕГА 3000 КМ. КОМПОНЕНТЫ СИСТЕМЫ ПОНИЖЕНИЯ

  • Страница 90 из 117

    ДВИГАТЕЛЬ Проверка предфильтра глушителя шума впуска воздуха Убедитесь, что предварительный фильтр глушителя шума впуска воздуха правильно установлен и находится в хорошем состоянии, замените его, если он повреждён. Co olant Filter Система охлаждения Уровень охлаждающей жидкости Расширительный

  • Страница 91 из 117

    ДВИГАТЕЛЬ Прогрев двигатель до рабочей температуры, установите снегоход на ровной горизонтальной площадке и произведите проверку уровня масла в следующей последовательности: 1. Дайте двигателю поработать на оборотах холостого хода в течение приблизительно 30 секунд. 2. Заглушите двигатель. 3.

  • Страница 92 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА Защитный кожух ремня вариатора Совместите прорези кожуха с выступами. Снятие защитного кожуха ремня вариатора ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Запрещается пуск двигателя: – со снятым кожухом ремня вариатора и щитками; – с открытым или снятым капотом. ЗАПРЕЩАЕТСЯ выполнять регулировки подвижных

  • Страница 93 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА Уровень тормозной жидкости Масло для коробки передач ОСТОРОЖНО При проверке уровней эксплуатационных жидкостей снегоход должен стоять на ровной горизонтальной поверхности. Рекомендуемое масло для коробки передач Проверьте уровень тормозной жидкости DOT 4 в бачке. При необходимости

  • Страница 94 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА 2. Доливайте рекомендованное масло через заливную горловину, пока масло не начнёт вытекать через отверстие контрольной пробки. 3. Установите контрольную пробку на место и затяните её (момент затяжки 10 Н•м). Ремень вариатора Проверка ремня вариатора Проверьте состояние ремня

  • Страница 95 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА Регулировка ремня вариатора по высоте (вариант с регулятором кольцевого типа) После установки нового ремня вариатора необходимо проверить его регулировку по высоте. Регулировка ремня вариатора по высоте осуществляется в следующей последовательности: 1. Снимите ключ DESS с

  • Страница 96 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА 8. Установите левую боковую панель, см. раздел «КАПОТ И БОКОВЫЕ ПАНЕЛИ». ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Данные регулировки являются предварительными, но, как правило, подходят для всех моделей и типов ремней. В некоторых случаях, после запуска двигателя, снегоход может «ползти» — это указывает на то,

  • Страница 97 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА Регулировка Ослабьте контргайку настолько, чтобы можно было частично вынуть калибровочный болт и переставить его в нужное положение. Запрещается полностью отворачивать контргайку. Затягивайте контргайку моментом 10 Н•м. ОСТОРОЖНО Запрещается полностью вынимать калибровочный болт во

  • Страница 98 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Во избежание серьёзных травм и увечий: – НЕ стойте позади или рядом с вращающейся гусеницей; – ставьте заднюю часть снегохода на опору с широким основанием и отражательным щитком; – гусеницу, поднятую над опорной поверхностью, проворачивайте только на малой скорости.

  • Страница 99 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА 1 2 1 2 3 A01F05A 3 A05F0EA ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ 1. Регулировочный болт 2. Контргайка 2. Болты крепления направляющих катков – – Затяните контргайки и болты крепления направляющих катков. Проверьте центровку гусеницы как указано ниже. Центровка гусеничной ленты ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Перед

  • Страница 100 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Убедитесь, что крепёжные болты направляющих катков надёжно затянуты, чтобы избежать самопроизвольного демонтажа направляющего катка и последующего зак линивания г усеницы. 1 2 A05F0EB ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ 1. Контргайка 2. Болт крепления направляющего катка – – – пустите

  • Страница 101 из 117

    ПОДВЕСКА Состояние задней подвески Лыжи Осмотрите все компоненты подвески, включая накладки опорных полозьев, пружины, катки и другие детали. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: При движении снегохода по снежному покрову снег играет роль смазки и охладителя поверхности скольжения. Продолжительное движение снегохода по

  • Страница 102 из 117

    ПОДВЕСКА Свечи зажигания Упор двигателя Снятие свечи зажигания Регулировка упора двигателя 1. Потянув за наконечник свечного провода, осторожно снимите его со свечи зажигания. Упор двигателя находится возле левой опоры двигателя перед ведущим шкивом. 1. Снимите ключ DESS с выключателя. 2. Снимите

  • Страница 103 из 117

    ЭЛЕКТРООБОРУДОВАНИЕ Предохранители Снятие/проверка предохранителей Система электрооборудования защищена предохранителями. Проверяйте состояние предохранителей и меняйте их при необходимости. Чтобы извлечь предохранитель из держателя, потяните за него. Проверьте, не оплавилась ли нить. mmo2 009 -004

  • Страница 104 из 117

    КОРПУС/РАМА Чистка и защитная смазка Очистите снегоход от грязи и следов ржавчины. Для чистки снегохода пользуйтесь только фланелевой тканью (или аналогичной). О С ТО Р ОЖ Н О М я г к а я ф л а н е левая ткань не оставляет царапин на обрабатываемых поверхностях. Пользуйтесь фланелью для протирки

  • Страница 105 из 117

    КОРПУС/РАМА Осторожно потяните многофункциональный центр и отведите его в сторону. mmo2 007 -009 -062_a Разъедините разъем перегоревшей лампы. Снимите резиновый чехол. Выньте лампу и замените её. Установка осуществляется в последовательности, обратной снятию. mmo2 007 -009 -064_a ВЫНЬТЕ ЛАМПУ И

  • Страница 106 из 117

    КОРПУС/РАМА Taillight bulb Светодиоды заднего габаритного фонаря замене не подлежат. Блок заднего габаритного фонаря заменяется в сборе. Закрепите новый задний фонарь с помощью винтов. 105

  • Страница 107 из 117

    ХРАНЕНИЕ И ПРЕДСЕЗОННАЯ ПОДГОТОВКА ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Авторизованный дилер LYNX должен проверить систему смазки и топливную систему снегохода в соответствии с указаниями раздела «РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ». Хранение Снегоход должен быть правильно подготовлен к хранению в летний период.

  • Страница 108 из 117

    ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА 107

  • Страница 109 из 117

    МЕЖДУНАРОДНАЯ ОГРАНИЧЕННАЯ ГАРАНТИЯ КОМПАНИИ BRP FINLAND OY НА СНЕГОХОДЫ 2010 LYNX® 1) ПРЕДМЕТ ГАРАНТИЙНЫХ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВ Компания BRP Finland Oy (далее BRP) гарантирует отсутствие дефектов материалов и производственных дефектов в снегоходах 2010 LYNX в течение срока, указанного ниже. На подлинные

  • Страница 110 из 117

    ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА 4) УСЛОВИЯ ПРИЗНАНИЯ ПРАВА НА ГАРАНТИЙНОЕ ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕ Владелец должен известить дистрибьютора/дилера BRP о дефекте материала или изготовления в течение двух (2) дней с момента обнаружения и предоставить беспрепятственный доступ к изделию с целью ремонта. Владелец также

  • Страница 111 из 117

    ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА 7) ОГРАНИЧЕНИЯ ГАРАНТИЙНЫХ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВ ДАННЫЕ ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА ЯВЛЯЮТСЯ ИСКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫМИ И НЕ ПРЕДУСМАТРИВАЮТ НИКАКИХ ИНЫХ ГАРАНТИЙНЫХ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВ, ВЫРАЖЕННЫХ ИЛИ ПОДРАЗУМЕВАЮЩИХСЯ, В ТОМ ЧИСЛЕ ГАРАНТИЙ КОММЕРЧЕСКОЙ ЦЕННОСТИ ИЗДЕЛИЯ ИЛИ ЕГО СООТВЕТСТВИЯ

  • Страница 112 из 117

    ГАРАНТИЯ ПРАВ ЛИЧНОСТИ/ОТКАЗ ОТ УСЛУГ Мы хотели бы проинформировать Вас, что Ваши данные будут использоваться исключительно в целях обеспечения безопасности и в гарантийных случаях. Иногда мы также используем данные наших клиентов для ознакомления с нашей продукцией и нашими предложениями. Если Вы

  • Страница 113 из 117

    ИЗМЕНЕНИЕ АДРЕСА ВЛАДЕЛЬЦА ИЛИ ПЕРЕПРОДАЖА В случае изменения адреса или перемены владельца снегохода: – заполните бланк (см. след. стр.) и отправьте по указанному адресу; – обратитесь к дилеру или дистрибьютору LYNX. СКАНДИНАВСКИЕ И ЕВРОПЕЙСКИЕ СТРАНЫ: BRP FINLAND OY Service Department Ahjotie 30

  • Страница 114 из 117

    113

  • Страница 115 из 117

    ИЗМЕНЕНИЕ АДРЕСА ВЛАДЕЛЬЦА ИЛИ ПЕРЕПРОДАЖА 114

  • Страница 116 из 117

    СНЕГОХОД МОДЕЛЬ № ТРАНСПОРТНОЕ СРЕДСТВО ИДЕНТИФИКАЦИОННЫЙ НОМЕР (VIN) ДВИГАТЕЛЬ ИДЕНТИФИКАЦИОННЫЙ НОМЕР (EIN) Владелец: СТРАНА Ф.И.О. ПОЧТОВЫЙ ИНДЕКС УЛИЦА Дата продажи: Дата истечения гарантийного срока: ГОРОД № ДОМА № КВАРТИРЫ ГОД МЕСЯЦ ДЕНЬ ГОД МЕСЯЦ ДЕНЬ Заполняется дилером при продаже ШТАМП

  • Страница 117 из 117
  • Страница 1 из 117

    РУКОВОДСТВО ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ LYNX® 2010 AdventureTM Grand Tourer 600 SDI AdventureTM Grand Tourer 1200 4-TEC XtrimTM Commander 600 SDI XtrimTM Commander 600 SDI Limited НАПОМИНАНИЕ О БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ Несоблюдение инструкций и рекомендаций по мерам безопасности, которые содержатся в Руководстве по

  • Страница 2 из 117

    ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ Поздравляем, Вы стали владельцем снегохода Lynx. Вне зависимости от выбранной модели снегоход обеспечивается гарантией Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. (BRP) и поддержкой дилеров Lynx, которые всегда готовы обеспечить Вас запасными частями, обслуживанием и аксессуарами. Руководство

  • Страница 3 из 117

    ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ отдаётся тексту на английском языке. Спецификации приведены в метрической системе единиц СИ. Для удобства (и там, где возможно) значения физических величин округлены. Основные узлы и детали снегохода изготовлены по метрическим стандартам. Крепёжные детали также изготовлены в метрической

  • Страница 4 из 117

    ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1 ИНФОРМАЦИЯ ПО БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ…………………………………………………………….. 8 Подготовка водителя

  • Страница 5 из 117

    ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ 19) Крышка топливного бака ………………………………………………………………………………………48 20) Капот и боковые панели ……………………………………………………………………………………….49 21) Предохранители

  • Страница 6 из 117

    ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОЕ ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ ………………………………………….. 80 РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ СНЕГОХОДОВ ОСНАЩЁННЫХ 2-ТАКТНЫМ ДВИГАТЕЛЕМ (С ВОЗДУШНЫМ И ЖИДКОСТНЫМ

  • Страница 7 из 117

    ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА МЕЖДУНАРОДНАЯ ОГРАНИЧЕННАЯ ГАРАНТИЯ КОМПАНИИ BRP FINLAND OY НА СНЕГОХОДЫ LYNX® 2010 ……………………………………………………. 108 ГАРАНТИЯ ПРАВ ЛИЧНОСТИ/ОТКАЗ ОТ УСЛУГ ……………………………………………111 ИЗМЕНЕНИЕ АДРЕСА

  • Страница 8 из 117

    ИНФОРМАЦИЯ ПО БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ 7

  • Страница 9 из 117

    ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ Подготовка водителя Настоятельно рекомендуем пройти базовый курс обучения вождению снегохода. Внимательно изучите настоящее Руководство по эксплуатации, обратив особое внимание на содержащиеся в нем предупреждения. Вступите в клуб любителей снегоходов. Деятельность

  • Страница 10 из 117

    ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ происшествия. Обязательно надевайте защитный шлем сертифицированного образца, защитные очки и лицевой щиток. Это относится и к пассажиру. При движении вне трассы помните о связанных с этим опасностях, таких как лавина, природные или искусственно созданные препятствия.

  • Страница 11 из 117

    ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ Запрещается пускать двигатель снегохода при снятом защитном кожухе ремня/шкива вариатора, открытых или снятых боковых панелях и капоте. Не допускайте работу двигателя при снятом ремне вариатора. Пуск двигателя без нагрузки может представлять опасность. Для моделей с

  • Страница 12 из 117

    ПРАВИЛА ТЕХНИКИ БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ Основные правила техники безопасности для пассажира Не катайтесь на снегоходе в качестве пассажира, если он не оборудован местом для пассажира. В течение всей поездки пассажир должен находиться на сиденье для пассажира. Обязательно надевайте защитный шлем установленного

  • Страница 13 из 117

    ЗАКОНОДАТЕЛЬНЫЕ НОРМЫ Изучите и знайте местное законодательство. Правила эксплуатации и контроля безопасного состояния снегоходов регулируются законами и постановлениями федеральных, региональных и местных органов власти. Владелец снегохода обязан знать и соблюдать эти законы и постановления. Вы

  • Страница 14 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Прежде чем выезжать на трассу, потренируйтесь на ровной закрытой площадке, пока полностью не овладеете основами управления и не почувствуете уверенность в том, что сможете безопасно ездить в более разнообразных условиях. Желаем радостных и безопасных путешествий! Принцип

  • Страница 15 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Наиболее удобной обувью для езды на снегоходе являются ботинки с кожаным или нейлоновым верхом и на резиновой подошве. Ботинки должны иметь вынимаемые войлочные стельки. Во время поездки на снегоходе старайтесь не промокать. Придя в помещение, снимите и тщательно просушите

  • Страница 16 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Движение с пассажиром Снегоходы могут быть одно-, двух- и даже трехместными. Проверьте по табличке на корпусе снегохода, можно ли брать на борт пассажиров и сколько. Перегрузка снегохода, не предназначенного для перевозки пассажиров, очень опасна. Если правила не запрещают

  • Страница 17 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ взявший на борт пассажира, должен плавно начинать движение и плавно тормозить; скорость движения должна быть снижена до безопасного уровня. Вы, как водитель, должны предупреждать пассажира о крене, уклоне, неровностях, ветках деревьев, нависших над трассой, поворотах и т. д.

  • Страница 18 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ гусеничной ленты и вращающихся деталей гусеничного движителя. Движение по ледяному покрову Движение на снегоходе по льду замёрзших озёр и рек может представлять опасность для жизни. Остерегайтесь таких трасс. Находясь на незнакомой местности, узнайте у местных жителей или

  • Страница 19 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Движение по размокшему снегу Перед переправой по льду через водную преграду разведайте наличие участков с размокшим снегом. Если колея лыж темнеет и на дне выступает вода, немедленно сверните со льда на берег. Старайтесь избегать движения по размокшему снегу. Куски льда и

  • Страница 20 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Прохождение поворотов Пересечение железнодорожных путей В зависимости от состояния снежного покрова или трассы может применяться один из двух способов поворота снегохода. В большинстве случаев для уверенного прохождения криволинейных участков трассы необходимо отклонять тело в

  • Страница 21 из 117

    УПРАВЛЕНИЕ СНЕГОХОДОМ Постоянно контролируйте положение впереди идущего снегохода. Сигналы Перед остановкой снегохода подайте знак следующим за Вами водителям, подняв вверх над головой правую или левую руку. Поворот влево обозначают вытянутой левой рукой, которая поднята в горизонтальное положение.

  • Страница 22 из 117

    ОКРУЖАЮЩАЯ СРЕДА 21

  • Страница 23 из 117

    ОБЩИЕ СВЕДЕНИЯ При правильной эксплуатации снегоходы могут приносить определённую пользу природе. Например, по укатанным колеям снегоходов дикие животные могут мигрировать в другие зоны обитания. Не злоупотребляйте техническими возможностями снегохода и не устраивайте погоню или травлю диких

  • Страница 24 из 117

    ЧТО ЗНАЧИТ «БЕРЕЖНО ОТНОСИТЬСЯ К ПРИРОДЕ»? Для бережного отношения к природе важно, где и как Вы эксплуатируете Ваш снегоход. Всегда выполняйте следующие рекомендации. Будьте информированы. Запаситесь картами, изучите местное природоохранное законодательство и правила пользования рекреационными

  • Страница 25 из 117

    ПОЧЕМУ МЫ ДОЛЖНЫ БЕРЕЖНО ОТНОСИТЬСЯ К ПРИРОДЕ? Всем владельцам и любителям катания на снегоходах хорошо известны те многолетние усилия, которые предпринимаются с самого начала развития этого вида зимнего спорта и направлены на расширение регионов, доступных для безопасной и ответственной

  • Страница 26 из 117

    СВЕДЕНИЯ О ТРАНСПОРТНОМ СРЕДСТВЕ 25

  • Страница 27 из 117

    ИДЕНТИФИКАЦИОННЫЕ НОМЕРА СНЕГОХОДА Табличка с данными снегохода Расположение идентификационного номера снегохода (V.I.N.) Табличка с данными снегохода находится на правой стороне туннеля. Идентификационный номер снегохода (V.I.N.) указан в табличке (см. выше) и выбит на туннеле рядом с табличкой.

  • Страница 28 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: На некоторых моделях могут отсутствовать те или иные органы управления, приборы или оборудование, поэтому на иллюстрациях соответствующие позиции не указываются. Typical1 ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ Typical2 ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ 27

  • Страница 29 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Typical3 ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ Co mmande r Seat ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ 28

  • Страница 30 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. Выключатель со шнуром безопасности Выключатель двигателя Рукоятка ручного стартера Рычаг переключения передач Крышка топливного бака Капот и боковые панели Предохранители Рукоятка/бампер

  • Страница 31 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ mmo2 008 -003 -014 ЛЕВАЯ ЧАСТЬ ИНФОРМАЦИОННОГО ЦЕНТРА 2) Тахометр Показывает частоту вращения коленчатого вала двигателя в об/мин. Для получения фактического значения частоты вращения, показания тахометра необходимо умножить на 1000.

  • Страница 32 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ A) Спидометр В дополнение к аналоговому спидометру скорость также может быть показана на многофункциональном дисплее. mmo2 007 -009 -066_u МНОГОФУНКЦИОНАЛЬНЫЙ АНАЛОГОЦИФРОВОЙ ИНФОРМАЦИОННЫЙ ЦЕНТР 1. Многофункциональный дисплей ФУНКЦИИ ДИСПЛЕЯ ФУНКЦИЯ

  • Страница 33 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ mmo2 007 -009 -066_n 1. Режим спидометра (Km/h/MPH) Для подтверждения выбора режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M) или подождите 5 секунд. mmo2 007 -009 -066_m ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Показания на дисплее будут «мигать» примерно 5 секунд, затем дисплей вернётся к показаниям

  • Страница 34 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ E) Счётчик моточасов Показывает наработку двигателя с момента последнего сброса показаний. Для выбора режима счётчика моточасов (HrTRIP) нажмите кнопку SET (S). mmo2 007 -009 -066_p 1. Режим одометра (км/мили) D) Счётчик пробега за поездку «A» или «B»

  • Страница 35 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Нажмите и удерживайте кнопку SET (S) для активации режима настройки часов. mmo2 007 -009 -066_q mmo2 007 -009 -066_k При мигающей надписи HOURS (ЧАСЫ), нажатиями кнопки SET (S) установите нужное значение часов. Для перехода к настройкам минут (MINUTES)

  • Страница 36 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ При включённом режиме альтиметра на дисплее появится следующий символ. Нажмите кнопку SET (S) для выбора режима альтиметра (M/FT). mmo2 007 -009 -066_s mmo2 008 -003 -023 РЕЖИМ АЛЬТИМЕТРА Для подтверждения выбора режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M) или подождите

  • Страница 37 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Для смены режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M). mmo2 007 -009 -066_m mmo2 007 -009 -066_m ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Показания на дисплее будут «мигать» примерно 5 секунд, затем дисплей вернётся к показаниям прежде выбранного режима, если не выбрать новый режим. Нажмите кнопку

  • Страница 38 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ mmo2 007 -009 -066_n 1. Режим средней скорости (AVR_SPD) Для подтверждения выбора режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M) или подождите 5 секунд. mmo2 007 -009 -066_w K) Степень обогрева рукояток руля Степень обогрева показывает столбцовый индикатор. Более подробное

  • Страница 39 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ mmo2 007 -009 -066_n 1. Режим среднего расхода топлива (L/100 km) mmo2 007 -009 -044_a ОБОГРЕВ РЫЧАГА ДРОССЕЛЬНОЙ ЗАСЛОНКИ 1. Диапазон показаний Для подтверждения выбора режима нажмите кнопку MODE (M) или подождите 5 секунд. M) Средний расход топлива

  • Страница 40 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Нажмите кнопку SET (S) для выбора режима суммарного расхода топлива (TC). mmo2 007 -009 -066_p 1. Режим счётчика пробега за поездку (TRIP B) mmo2 007 -009 -066_n 1. Суммарный расход топлива (TC) Для сброса показаний нажмите и удерживайте кнопку SET (S).

  • Страница 41 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ P) Температура охлаждающей жидкости Столбцовый индикатор непрерывно показывает температуру охлаждающей жидкости двигателя. mmo2 009 -004 -049_L ТЕМПЕРАТУРА ОХЛАЖДАЮЩЕЙ ЖИДКОСТИ 1. Диапазон показаний Q) Режим записи параметров движения (опция) В этом режиме в

  • Страница 42 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Чтобы повторить просмотр записанных данных, нажмите кнопку SET (S) для возврата в режим воспроизведения PLAY. Повторите процедуру воспроизведения, описанную выше. Для записи новых сессий нажмите кнопку SET (S) для перехода в режим записи REC. Повторите

  • Страница 43 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ СИГНАЛЬНАЯ ЛАМПА ВКЛЮЧЕНА ЗВУКОВОЙ СИГНАЛ СООБЩЕНИЕ НА ДИСПЛЕЕ (только комплектации X и Limited) ОПИСАНИЕ Двухтактные двигатели: Низкий уровень инжекционного масла. Остановите снегоход в безопасном месте, пополните запас инжекционного масла. 4 коротких

  • Страница 44 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 7) Кнопка настройки дисплея SET (S) Кнопка предназначена для настройки параметров, отображаемых на многофункциональном дисплее, и обнуления показаний. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Можно также пользоваться кнопкой SET (S) на многофункциональном переключателе, которая имеет

  • Страница 45 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Выберите наиболее комфортную для Вас степень обогрева. ДЛЯ ВСЕХ МОДЕЛЕЙ XU mmo2 007 -009 -037_b ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ — ВЫКЛЮЧЕНИЕ СТОЯНОЧНОГО ТОРМОЗА Шаг 1: Нажмите рычаг тормоза 11) Многофункциональный переключатель mmo2 008 -003 -009_c 1. Выключатель обогрева

  • Страница 46 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ДЛЯ ВСЕХ МОДЕЛЕЙ XU Кнопка Mode/Set (Режим/Установка) ВСЕ МОДЕЛИ XU Этой кнопкой можно пользоваться вместо двух кнопок сверху на аналоговом/цифровом информационном центре для облегчения его настройки. – При нажатии вверх она имеет те же функции, что и кнопка

  • Страница 47 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 13) Регулировка положения руля (только для Grand Tourer) 15) Выключатель со шнуром безопасности МОДЕЛИ GRAND TOURER В модели Grand Tourer есть возможность регулирования положения руля. Вы можете выбрать одно из 4 положений руля. Система с вытяжным шнуром

  • Страница 48 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Ключ DESS, входящий в комплект поставки снегохода, содержит электронный чип с уникальным цифровым кодом, постоянно хранящимся в его памяти. Дилер LYNX заносит этот код в память электронного блока ECM (Блок управления двигателем) снегохода. После считывания и

  • Страница 49 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 16) Выключатель двигателя Выключатель имеет нажимно-отжимную конструкцию. Для аварийной остановки двигателя нажмите на кнопку выключателя (положение OFF) и одновременно нажмите рычаг тормоза. Для пуска двигателя кнопку следует перевести в верхнее положение

  • Страница 50 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Во время заправки топливом двигатель должен быть вык лючен. Бензин является горючим и взрывоопасным продуктом. Производите заправку на открытом воздухе или в хорошо проветриваемом помещении. Не курите вблизи топливного бака, не подносите к

  • Страница 51 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ mmo2 009 -004 -040_a 1. Резиновый замок 2. Приподнимите заднюю часть панели, чтобы высвободить пластиковый выступ. 3. Сдвиньте панель назад. Установка боковой панели 1. Вставьте передние нижние выступы панели в соответствующие пазы консоли. mmo2 009 -004

  • Страница 52 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Нижние боковые панели ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Не допускайте работу двигателя снегохода с открытыми или снятыми боковыми панелями. Открытие нижней боковой панели 1. Снимите верхнюю боковую панель как указано выше. 2. Расстегните резиновый замок. mmo2 009 -004 -046_L

  • Страница 53 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Установите и устраните причину перегорания предохранителя, преж де чем снова пускать двигатель. При необходимости обратитесь за помощью к дилеру LYNX. mmo2 009 -004 -048_l 1. Выступ 2. Паз 4. Застегните резиновый замок. 5. Поверните фиксатор

  • Страница 54 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Во избежание травм не пытайтесь поднять тяжёлый снегоход в одиночку. Пользуйтесь подъёмными устройствами и приспособлениями или позовите кого-нибудь на помощь. Чтобы открыть крышку, необходимо потянуть и удерживать резиновый фиксатор, затем

  • Страница 55 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Перед установкой свечи зажигания проверьте искровой зазор (см. раздел «ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ»). ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Commander Limited: Свечи зажигания находятся в комплекте Army. Все щитки и кожухи должны всегда стоять на своём месте. Не регулируйте

  • Страница 56 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Компания BRP не рекомендует двигаться длительное время с высокой скоростью на снегоходах, оснащённых гусеницами с увеличенными грунтозацепами, по трассе, уплотнённому снегу или льду. В случае необходимости такого движения снизьте скорость и постарайтесь

  • Страница 57 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 200 9-004-0 18 HIGH 1. Крючок сиденья 2. Паз ВЕРХНЕЕ 3. Сдвиньте сиденье вперёд по направлению к водительскому сиденью и нажмите на заднюю часть, чтобы защёлкнуть крепление сиденья. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: При правильной установке сиденья Вы должны услышать характерный

  • Страница 58 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ 3. Вращайте рычажок по часовой стрелке, чтобы зафиксировать положение поручня. 4. Опустите рычажок. 31) Выключатель обогрева поручней пассажира Выключатель находится на левом поручне пассажира. Отрегулируйте степень обогрева, как показано на рисунке. 33)

  • Страница 59 из 117

    ОРГАНЫ УПРАВЛЕНИЯ, ПРИБОРЫ, ОБОРУДОВАНИЕ Hitc h 1. Проволочный фиксатор 2. Крюк ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Убедитесь, что проволочный фиксатор находится на своём месте. ОТСОЕДИНЕНИЕ ОТ СЦЕПНОГО УСТРОЙСТВА 1. Выньте проволочный фиксатор. 2. Отсоедините буксировочную штангу от крюка. 3. Установите проволочный

  • Страница 60 из 117

    ТОПЛИВО И МАСЛО Рекомендуемое топливо Топливный антифриз Пользуйтесь стандартным неэтилированным бензином, который продаётся на автозаправочных станциях, или бензином с кислородными добавками (содержащим не более 10% этилового или метилового спирта). При использовании топлива с кислородными

  • Страница 61 из 117

    ТОПЛИВО И МАСЛО РЕКОМЕНДУЕМОЕ ИНЖЕКЦИОННОЕ МАСЛО XP-S synthetic oil (P/N 619 590 106) (2)(3) XP-S synthetic blend (P/N 619590103)(2)(3) XP-S mineral injection oil 600 HO SDI (1) — X(1) X рекомендованное О С Т О Р О Ж Н О (2) М а с л а X P — S synthetic oil и XP-S synthetic blend специально

  • Страница 62 из 117

    ОБКАТКА СНЕГОХОДА Только модели с двигателем 600 SDI ОСТОРОЖНО Двигатель снегохода требует обкатки в течение 10 моточасов или на протяжении пробега около 500 км, преж де чем он сможет нормально работать на полную мощность. Во время обкатки не следует открывать дроссельную заслонку более чем на три

  • Страница 63 из 117

    УКАЗАНИЯ ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ Проверка снегохода перед выездом ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Контрольный осмотр — важная часть процедуры подготовки снегохода к выезду. Проверьте работоспособность основных элементов управления, средств защиты, механических узлов и деталей. Нарушение указанных требований ставит под

  • Страница 64 из 117

    УКАЗАНИЯ ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ ПЕРЕЧЕНЬ КОНТРОЛЬНЫХ ПРОВЕРОК ПУНКТ Корпус, сиденье, подножки, осветительные и контрольные приборы, органы управления ОПЕРАЦИЯ  Очистить от снега и льда. Гусеница и направляющие катки Проверить свободу движения. Рычаг тормоза Проверить работоспособность. Стояночный тормоз

  • Страница 65 из 117

    УКАЗАНИЯ ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ ОСТОРОЖНО Не вк лючайте электрический стартер более чем на 10 секунд. Перед повторной попыткой пуска двигателя стартер должен остыть. Использование электрического стартера при работающем двигателе может привести к серьёзным поломкам системы пуска двигателя. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Если

  • Страница 66 из 117

    УКАЗАНИЯ ПО ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Скорость движения задним ходом не ограничена. Соблюдайте осторожность, движение задним ходом с высокой скоростью может стать причиной потери снегоходом устойчивости. Не вставайте во время движения назад. Преж де чем начать движение назад убедитесь, что

  • Страница 67 из 117

    ОСОБЫЕ УСЛОВИЯ ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ Высокогорье и равнинная местность ОСТОРОЖНО Неправильная высотная настройка снегохода может стать причиной серьёзных поломок двигателя. Обратитесь за помощью к авторизованному дилеру LYNX. Аварийный пуск двигателя 1200 4-TEC Для данного типа двигателя процедура

  • Страница 68 из 117

    ОСОБЫЕ УСЛОВИЯ ЭКСПЛУАТАЦИИ снимайте ремень вариатора на буксируемом снегоходе. mmo2 008 -005 -014_a Резко дёрните за пусковой шнур так, чтобы он размотался и в конце соскочил с ведущего шкива. Запустите двигатель так, как это делается при ручном запуске. ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ После аварийного пуска не

  • Страница 69 из 117

    РЕГУЛИРОВКА ПОДВЕСКИ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Рег улировка подвески может влиять на управляемость снегохода. Уделите время для ознакомления с поведением снегохода после выполнения рег улировки подвески. Управляемость и плавность хода Вашего снегохода зависят от регулировки подвески. Выбор оптимального

  • Страница 70 из 117

    РЕГУЛИРОВКА ПОДВЕСКИ Преднатяг задних пружин (комфорт) ВАЖНАЯ ИНФОРМАЦИЯ: Убедитесь, что все перевозимые предметы и груз, уложены в багажное отделение и на заднюю багажную площадку. – Возьмитесь за задний бампер и поднимайте заднюю часть снегохода, пока ход подвески не будет полностью выбран. –

  • Страница 71 из 117

    РЕГУЛИРОВКА ПОДВЕСКИ Если рулевое управление чрезмерно затруднено или чрезмерно облегчено, отрегулируйте центральную пружину. СПРАВОЧНАЯ ТАБЛИЦА ПЕРЕРАСПРЕДЕЛЕНИЕ ВЕСА (ДАВЛЕНИЕ ЛЫЖ) ПРИЧИНА, РЕШЕНИЕ Регулировка не требуется УПРАВЛЯЕМОСТЬ ПРИЧИНА, РЕШЕНИЕ Лёгкая в повороте (нейтральная) Регулировка

  • Страница 72 из 117

    РЕГУЛИРОВКА ПОДВЕСКИ Регулировка удлинителя подвески Удлинитель подвески регулируется с учётом нагрузки на снегоход и состояния снежного покрова. Для улучшения движения по глубокому снегу, в том числе и задним ходом: ослабьте контргайку, затем заверните гайку на ¾ оборота после её контакта с

  • Страница 73 из 117

    УСТРАНЕНИЕ НЕИСПРАВНОСТЕЙ Звуковые коды Звуковые коды информируют о работе системы DESS и/или используются в качестве дополнения к сигнальным лампам для привлечения внимания водителя к неисправности или некоторым условиям работы. Более подробно значение звуковых кодов системы DESS описаны в главе

  • Страница 74 из 117

    УСТРАНЕНИЕ НЕИСПРАВНОСТЕЙ ХЛОПКИ В СИСТЕМЕ ВЫПУСКА 1. Перегрев двигателя – См. п. 2 «ПОТЕРЯ МОЩНОСТИ ДВИГАТЕЛЯ/СНЕГОХОД НЕ РАЗВИВАЕТ МАКСИМАЛЬНУЮ СКОРОСТЬ». 2. Нарушен угол опережения зажигания или неисправна система зажигания. – Обратитесь к дилеру LYNX. ПРОПУСКИ ЗАЖИГАНИЯ 1. Наличие воды в

  • Страница 75 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Компания BRP, придерживающаяся политики постоянного обновления и совершенствования своей продукции, оставляет за собой право на изменение технических характеристик, конструкции, дизайна и комплектации выпускаемой ею продукции без обязательства произвести

  • Страница 76 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ МОДЕЛЬ XTRIM COMMANDER 600 SDI XTRIM COMMANDER LIMITED ADVENTURE GRAND TOURER 600 SDI ПОДВЕСКА (продолжение) Задний амортизатор 36 мм HPG Максимальный ход задней подвески, мм 340 ЭЛЕКТРООБОРУДОВАНИЕ Мощность системы электроснабжения, Вт Фара (дальний/ближний свет) Задний

  • Страница 77 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ МОДЕЛЬ XTRIM COMMANDER 600 SDI XTRIM COMMANDER LIMITED ADVENTURE GRAND TOURER 600 SDI ГАБАРИТЫ Общая длинна, мм Общая ширина, мм Общая высота, мм «Сухая» масса, кг Лыжная колея, мм 3230 Commander/ Commander Limited 1135 Adventure 600 SDI 1198 Commander/ Commander Limited

  • Страница 78 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКИЕ ХАРАКТЕРИСТИКИ 1200 4-TEC МОДЕЛЬ ADVENTURE GRAND TOURER 1200 4-TEC ДВИГАТЕЛЬ Rotax 1203, жидкостное охлаждение, четырехтактный, два распределительных вала верхнего расположения, промежуточный вал, сухой картер Тип Число цилиндров 3 Рабочий объем, куб. см 1170,7 Диаметр цилиндра

  • Страница 79 из 117

    МОДЕЛЬ ADVENTURE GRAND TOURER 1200 4-TEC ПОДВЕСКА Передняя подвеска A-LFS Передний амортизатор 36 HP GAS Максимальный ход передней подвески, мм Задняя подвеска 225 RCG-A Амортизатор переднего рычага Амортизатор заднего рычага 36 HP GAS 36 HP GAS SPA ЭЛЕКТРООБОРУДОВАНИЕ Мощность системы

  • Страница 80 из 117

    ТЕХНИЧЕСКОЕ ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕ 79

  • Страница 81 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Техническое обслуживание компонентов и систем, не вк лючённых в настоящий раздел, рекомендуем проводить у дилера LYNX. Все операции ТО, если не оговорено особо, проводятся при вык люченном, холодном двигателе. Во время проведения ТО колпачок шнура

  • Страница 82 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ СНЕГОХОДОВ ОСНАЩЁННЫХ 2-ТАКТНЫМ ДВИГАТЕЛЕМ (С ВОЗДУШНЫМ И ЖИДКОСТНЫМ ОХЛАЖДЕНИЕМ) РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2)

  • Страница 83 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 84 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 85 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 86 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ СНЕГОХОДОВ ОСНАЩЕННЫХ 4-ТАКТНЫМ ДВИГАТЕЛЕМ (V800 И 1203) РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000

  • Страница 87 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 88 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ A: С: I: L: R: T: Первое ТО 10 м.ч. или 500 км(1) Регулировка Чистка Осмотр Смазка Замена При необходимости Еженедельно или каждые 250 км(2) Ежемесячно или каждые 1000 км(3) Ежегодно или каждый 3000 км(1) 1 раз в 2 года или

  • Страница 89 из 117

    РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) 88 ВЫПОЛНЯЕТ АВТОРИЗОВАННЫЙ ДИЛЕР LYNX. ВЫПОЛНЯЕТ ВЛАДЕЛЕЦ СНЕГОХОДА. ВЫПОЛНЯЕТ ВЛАДЕЛЕЦ СНЕГОХОДА ИЛИ АВТОРИЗОВАННЫЙ ДИЛЕР LYNX (ПО ЗАПРОСУ). В ДОПОЛНЕНИЕ К ТО ПОСЛЕ ПРОБЕГА 3000 КМ. КОМПОНЕНТЫ СИСТЕМЫ ПОНИЖЕНИЯ

  • Страница 90 из 117

    ДВИГАТЕЛЬ Проверка предфильтра глушителя шума впуска воздуха Убедитесь, что предварительный фильтр глушителя шума впуска воздуха правильно установлен и находится в хорошем состоянии, замените его, если он повреждён. Co olant Filter Система охлаждения Уровень охлаждающей жидкости Расширительный

  • Страница 91 из 117

    ДВИГАТЕЛЬ Прогрев двигатель до рабочей температуры, установите снегоход на ровной горизонтальной площадке и произведите проверку уровня масла в следующей последовательности: 1. Дайте двигателю поработать на оборотах холостого хода в течение приблизительно 30 секунд. 2. Заглушите двигатель. 3.

  • Страница 92 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА Защитный кожух ремня вариатора Совместите прорези кожуха с выступами. Снятие защитного кожуха ремня вариатора ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Запрещается пуск двигателя: – со снятым кожухом ремня вариатора и щитками; – с открытым или снятым капотом. ЗАПРЕЩАЕТСЯ выполнять регулировки подвижных

  • Страница 93 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА Уровень тормозной жидкости Масло для коробки передач ОСТОРОЖНО При проверке уровней эксплуатационных жидкостей снегоход должен стоять на ровной горизонтальной поверхности. Рекомендуемое масло для коробки передач Проверьте уровень тормозной жидкости DOT 4 в бачке. При необходимости

  • Страница 94 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА 2. Доливайте рекомендованное масло через заливную горловину, пока масло не начнёт вытекать через отверстие контрольной пробки. 3. Установите контрольную пробку на место и затяните её (момент затяжки 10 Н•м). Ремень вариатора Проверка ремня вариатора Проверьте состояние ремня

  • Страница 95 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА Регулировка ремня вариатора по высоте (вариант с регулятором кольцевого типа) После установки нового ремня вариатора необходимо проверить его регулировку по высоте. Регулировка ремня вариатора по высоте осуществляется в следующей последовательности: 1. Снимите ключ DESS с

  • Страница 96 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА 8. Установите левую боковую панель, см. раздел «КАПОТ И БОКОВЫЕ ПАНЕЛИ». ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: Данные регулировки являются предварительными, но, как правило, подходят для всех моделей и типов ремней. В некоторых случаях, после запуска двигателя, снегоход может «ползти» — это указывает на то,

  • Страница 97 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА Регулировка Ослабьте контргайку настолько, чтобы можно было частично вынуть калибровочный болт и переставить его в нужное положение. Запрещается полностью отворачивать контргайку. Затягивайте контргайку моментом 10 Н•м. ОСТОРОЖНО Запрещается полностью вынимать калибровочный болт во

  • Страница 98 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Во избежание серьёзных травм и увечий: – НЕ стойте позади или рядом с вращающейся гусеницей; – ставьте заднюю часть снегохода на опору с широким основанием и отражательным щитком; – гусеницу, поднятую над опорной поверхностью, проворачивайте только на малой скорости.

  • Страница 99 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА 1 2 1 2 3 A01F05A 3 A05F0EA ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ 1. Регулировочный болт 2. Контргайка 2. Болты крепления направляющих катков – – Затяните контргайки и болты крепления направляющих катков. Проверьте центровку гусеницы как указано ниже. Центровка гусеничной ленты ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Перед

  • Страница 100 из 117

    СИСТЕМА ПРИВОДА ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Убедитесь, что крепёжные болты направляющих катков надёжно затянуты, чтобы избежать самопроизвольного демонтажа направляющего катка и последующего зак линивания г усеницы. 1 2 A05F0EB ТИПОВОЙ ВАРИАНТ 1. Контргайка 2. Болт крепления направляющего катка – – – пустите

  • Страница 101 из 117

    ПОДВЕСКА Состояние задней подвески Лыжи Осмотрите все компоненты подвески, включая накладки опорных полозьев, пружины, катки и другие детали. ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ: При движении снегохода по снежному покрову снег играет роль смазки и охладителя поверхности скольжения. Продолжительное движение снегохода по

  • Страница 102 из 117

    ПОДВЕСКА Свечи зажигания Упор двигателя Снятие свечи зажигания Регулировка упора двигателя 1. Потянув за наконечник свечного провода, осторожно снимите его со свечи зажигания. Упор двигателя находится возле левой опоры двигателя перед ведущим шкивом. 1. Снимите ключ DESS с выключателя. 2. Снимите

  • Страница 103 из 117

    ЭЛЕКТРООБОРУДОВАНИЕ Предохранители Снятие/проверка предохранителей Система электрооборудования защищена предохранителями. Проверяйте состояние предохранителей и меняйте их при необходимости. Чтобы извлечь предохранитель из держателя, потяните за него. Проверьте, не оплавилась ли нить. mmo2 009 -004

  • Страница 104 из 117

    КОРПУС/РАМА Чистка и защитная смазка Очистите снегоход от грязи и следов ржавчины. Для чистки снегохода пользуйтесь только фланелевой тканью (или аналогичной). О С ТО Р ОЖ Н О М я г к а я ф л а н е левая ткань не оставляет царапин на обрабатываемых поверхностях. Пользуйтесь фланелью для протирки

  • Страница 105 из 117

    КОРПУС/РАМА Осторожно потяните многофункциональный центр и отведите его в сторону. mmo2 007 -009 -062_a Разъедините разъем перегоревшей лампы. Снимите резиновый чехол. Выньте лампу и замените её. Установка осуществляется в последовательности, обратной снятию. mmo2 007 -009 -064_a ВЫНЬТЕ ЛАМПУ И

  • Страница 106 из 117

    КОРПУС/РАМА Taillight bulb Светодиоды заднего габаритного фонаря замене не подлежат. Блок заднего габаритного фонаря заменяется в сборе. Закрепите новый задний фонарь с помощью винтов. 105

  • Страница 107 из 117

    ХРАНЕНИЕ И ПРЕДСЕЗОННАЯ ПОДГОТОВКА ПРЕДОСТЕРЕЖЕНИЕ Авторизованный дилер LYNX должен проверить систему смазки и топливную систему снегохода в соответствии с указаниями раздела «РЕГЛАМЕНТ ТЕХНИЧЕСКОГО ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЯ». Хранение Снегоход должен быть правильно подготовлен к хранению в летний период.

  • Страница 108 из 117

    ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА 107

  • Страница 109 из 117

    МЕЖДУНАРОДНАЯ ОГРАНИЧЕННАЯ ГАРАНТИЯ КОМПАНИИ BRP FINLAND OY НА СНЕГОХОДЫ 2010 LYNX® 1) ПРЕДМЕТ ГАРАНТИЙНЫХ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВ Компания BRP Finland Oy (далее BRP) гарантирует отсутствие дефектов материалов и производственных дефектов в снегоходах 2010 LYNX в течение срока, указанного ниже. На подлинные

  • Страница 110 из 117

    ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА 4) УСЛОВИЯ ПРИЗНАНИЯ ПРАВА НА ГАРАНТИЙНОЕ ОБСЛУЖИВАНИЕ Владелец должен известить дистрибьютора/дилера BRP о дефекте материала или изготовления в течение двух (2) дней с момента обнаружения и предоставить беспрепятственный доступ к изделию с целью ремонта. Владелец также

  • Страница 111 из 117

    ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА 7) ОГРАНИЧЕНИЯ ГАРАНТИЙНЫХ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВ ДАННЫЕ ГАРАНТИЙНЫЕ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВА ЯВЛЯЮТСЯ ИСКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫМИ И НЕ ПРЕДУСМАТРИВАЮТ НИКАКИХ ИНЫХ ГАРАНТИЙНЫХ ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬСТВ, ВЫРАЖЕННЫХ ИЛИ ПОДРАЗУМЕВАЮЩИХСЯ, В ТОМ ЧИСЛЕ ГАРАНТИЙ КОММЕРЧЕСКОЙ ЦЕННОСТИ ИЗДЕЛИЯ ИЛИ ЕГО СООТВЕТСТВИЯ

  • Страница 112 из 117

    ГАРАНТИЯ ПРАВ ЛИЧНОСТИ/ОТКАЗ ОТ УСЛУГ Мы хотели бы проинформировать Вас, что Ваши данные будут использоваться исключительно в целях обеспечения безопасности и в гарантийных случаях. Иногда мы также используем данные наших клиентов для ознакомления с нашей продукцией и нашими предложениями. Если Вы

  • Страница 113 из 117

    ИЗМЕНЕНИЕ АДРЕСА ВЛАДЕЛЬЦА ИЛИ ПЕРЕПРОДАЖА В случае изменения адреса или перемены владельца снегохода: – заполните бланк (см. след. стр.) и отправьте по указанному адресу; – обратитесь к дилеру или дистрибьютору LYNX. СКАНДИНАВСКИЕ И ЕВРОПЕЙСКИЕ СТРАНЫ: BRP FINLAND OY Service Department Ahjotie 30

  • Страница 114 из 117

    113

  • Страница 115 из 117

    ИЗМЕНЕНИЕ АДРЕСА ВЛАДЕЛЬЦА ИЛИ ПЕРЕПРОДАЖА 114

  • Страница 116 из 117

    СНЕГОХОД МОДЕЛЬ № ТРАНСПОРТНОЕ СРЕДСТВО ИДЕНТИФИКАЦИОННЫЙ НОМЕР (VIN) ДВИГАТЕЛЬ ИДЕНТИФИКАЦИОННЫЙ НОМЕР (EIN) Владелец: СТРАНА Ф.И.О. ПОЧТОВЫЙ ИНДЕКС УЛИЦА Дата продажи: Дата истечения гарантийного срока: ГОРОД № ДОМА № КВАРТИРЫ ГОД МЕСЯЦ ДЕНЬ ГОД МЕСЯЦ ДЕНЬ Заполняется дилером при продаже ШТАМП

  • Страница 117 из 117
  • Ski-Doo Expedition 600HO SDI 2008 Operator Guide | Manualzz

    Mmo2008-001_Skandic Exp_520000745 ANG_123_CMYK.FH10 Wed Mar 21 14:43:42 2007
    Page 1
    C
    M
    Y
    CM
    MY
    CY CMY
    K
    Operator’s
    Guide
    SKANDIC WT/SWT/SUV
    EXPEDITION TUV
    TM
    TM
    Includes
    Safety, Vehicle
    and Maintenance Information
    520 000 745
    CA
    OPERATOR’S GUIDE, SKANDIC/WT/SWT/SUV, EXPEDITION TUV, ENGLISH
    GUIDE DU CONDUCTEUR, SKANDIC/WT/SWT/SUV, EXPEDITION TUV, ANGLAIS
    FAIT AU / MADE IN CANADA
    U/M:P.C.
    ®™ AND THE BRP LOGO ARE TRADEMARKS OF BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC. OR ITS AFFILIATES.
    ©2007 BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN CANADA.
    Composite
    Read this guide thoroughly. It contains important safety information. Minimum recommended operator’s age: 16 years old.
    Minimum recommended passenger’s age (if applicable): 16 years old. Do not remove this Operator’s Guide from the vehicle.
    5 2 0
    0 0 0
    7 4 5
    SAFETY WARNING
    Disregarding any of the safety precautions and instructions contained in this
    Operator’s Guide, SAFETY VIDEO or on-product warnings may result in injury,
    including the possibility of death.
    This Operator’s Guide and SAFETY VIDEO should remain with the snowmobile
    at time of resale.
    In USA, products are distributed by BRP US Inc.
    In Canada, products are distributed by Bombardier Recreational Products Inc.
    The following are trademarks of Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. or its
    subsidiaries.
    ROTAXTM
    SKI-DOO®
    DESSTM
    SKANDICTM
    EXPEDITIONTM
    XP-STM
    Printed in Canada. (mmo2008-001 DR)
    ®™ and the BRP logo are trademarks of Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. or its affiliates.
    ©2007 Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. and BRP US Inc. All rights reserved.
    FOREWORD
    Congratulations on your purchase of a
    new SKI-DOO® snowmobile. Whatever model you have chosen, it is
    backed by the Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. (BRP) warranty
    and a network of authorized SKI-DOO
    snowmobile dealers ready to provide
    the parts, service or accessories you
    may require.
    The Operator's Guide has been prepared to acquaint the owner/operator
    and passenger with this new snowmobile and its various controls, maintenance and safe riding instructions.
    This guide is indispensable for the
    proper use of the product and should
    be kept with this snowmobile at all
    times.
    Make sure you read and understand
    the content of this Operator's Guide.
    After reading, please keep this Operator's Guide with the snowmobile. If
    the snowmobile is resold, please give
    the guide to the new owner for his
    awareness.
    If you want to view and/or print an
    extra copy of your Operator's Guide,
    simply visit the following website
    www.operatorsguide.brp.com. Also note that the guide may be available
    in several languages.
    If you have any question regarding any
    topic whether or not it is covered in
    this Operator's Guide, please call BRP
    at the number below and we will be
    happy to assist you:
    In USA:
    715 848-4957
    In Canada:
    819 566-3366
    For Russia, CIS and the middle east:
    + 32 9 218 26 00
    For Scandinavian and European countries:
    + 358 16 3208 111
    For all other countries, please contact
    your respective distributor (his coordinates are on www.brp.com) or our
    North American office:
    + 1 819 566-3366
    This guide uses the following safety
    alert symbol in conjunction with signal
    words to indicate a potential personal
    injury hazard.
     WARNING
    Indicates a potentially hazardous
    situation which, if not avoided,
    could result in death or serious
    injury.
     CAUTION
    Indicates a potentially hazardous
    situation which, if not avoided,
    may result in minor or moderate
    injury. When used without the
    safety alert symbol , potential
    hazard exists for property damage
    only.
    NOTE: Indicates supplementary information needed to fully complete an instruction.
    Although the mere reading of such information does not eliminate the hazard, the understanding and application
    of the information will promote the
    correct use of the vehicle.
    Your dealer is committed to your satisfaction. He has taken training to perform the initial set-up and inspection
    of your snowmobile as well as completed the final adjustment required
    to suit your specific weight and riding
    environment before you took possession. At delivery, your dealer would
    have explained the snowmobile controls and provided you with a brief
    explanation of the various suspension
    adjustments. We trust you have taken full advantage of this!
    ______________________
    1
    At delivery, you were also informed
    of the warranty coverage and have
    completed the Warranty Registration
    process.
    The information and components/
    system descriptions contained in this
    guide are correct at time of publication. BRP, however maintains a
    policy of continuous improvement of
    its products without imposing upon
    itself any obligation to install them on
    products previously manufactured.
    Because of its ongoing commitment
    to product quality and innovation, BRP
    reserves the right at any time to discontinue or change specifications, designs, features, models or equipment
    without incurring obligation.
    The illustrations in this document
    show the typical construction of the
    different assemblies and, in all cases,
    may not reproduce the full detail or
    exact shape of the parts shown, however, they represent parts which have
    the same or a similar function.
    It is understood that this guide may
    be translated into another language.
    In the event of any discrepancy, the
    English version shall prevail.
    Specifications are given in the SI metric system with the SAE U.S. equivalent in parentheses. Where precise
    accuracy is not required, some conversions are rounded off for easier use.
    Most components of this snowmobile
    are built with parts dimensioned in the
    metric system. Most fasteners are
    metric and must not be replaced by
    customary fasteners or vice versa.
    We recommend genuine BRP products for replacement parts and accessories. They've been specially
    designed for your vehicle and manufactured to meet BRP's demanding
    standards.
    A SHOP MANUAL can be obtained for
    complete service, maintenance and
    more repair information.
    2
    For any questions pertaining to the
    warranty and its application, consult
    the WARRANTY section in this guide,
    and/or an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    _______________________
    TABLE OF CONTENTS
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    INTRODUCTION .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .
    IMPORTANT BASIC SAFETY MEASURES. . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .
    LAWS AND REGULATIONS. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    RIDING THE VEHICLE. . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Principle of Operation . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    How to Ride . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Carrying a Passenger . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Terrain/Riding Variations .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Transporting and Towing . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    LOCATION OF THE IMPORTANT LABELS. . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    8
    9
    13
    14
    14
    14
    16
    18
    22
    23
    ENVIRONMENT INFORMATION
    GENERAL .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 28
    JUST WHAT IS LIGHT TREADING? . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 29
    WHY IS LIGHT TREADING SMART . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 30
    VEHICLE INFORMATION
    HOW TO IDENTIFY YOUR SNOWMOBILE . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS/EQUIPMENT .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    1) Throttle Lever .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    2) Brake Lever. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    3) Parking Brake Lever . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    4) Pilot Lamps . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    5) Gear Shift Lever. . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    6) Handlebar . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    7) Holding Strap . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    8) Ignition Switch/Start Button .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    9) Tether Cut-Out Switch. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    10) Engine Cut-Out Switch .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    11) Headlamp Dimmer Switch .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    12) Rewind Starter Handle . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    13) Choke Lever .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    14) Speedometer . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    15) Odometer . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    16) Trip Meter/Display . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    17) Mode Button .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    18) Fuel Tank Cap . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    19) Heated Grip Switch .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    20) Heated Throttle Lever Switch . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    ______________________
    32
    34
    35
    35
    35
    35
    36
    37
    37
    37
    38
    39
    40
    40
    40
    41
    41
    41
    42
    42
    42
    42
    3
    21) Hood Latches . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    22) Electric Power Outlet . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    23) Fuses .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    24) Front Grab Handles/Front Bumper . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    25) Storage Compartment . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    26) Rear Rack . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    27) Tool Kit. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    28) Hitch . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    29) Shields and Guards. .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    30) Windshield . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    31) Modular Seat.. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    32) Backrest . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    33) Rear Grab Handles/Heated Grips Switch .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    34) Tachometer . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    35) Electric Fuel Level Gauge . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    36) Temperature Gauge .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    37) Adjustable Mirrors. . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    38) Mechanical Fuel Level Gauge . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    RECOMMENDED FUEL AND OIL .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    BREAK-IN PERIOD. . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Pre-Operation Check . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    SDI Engine Starting Procedure .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Carburetor Engine Starting Procedure .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Engine Starting Procedure (4-stroke) . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Vehicle Warm-Up . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Shutting Off the Engine .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Post-Operation Care .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Riding at High Altitudes .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Riding in Cold Weather . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Emergency Starting. .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Towing an Accessory . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Towing Another Snowmobile . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Towing an Heavy Load at Low Speed .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    Transporting the Vehicle.. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    SUSPENSION ADJUSTMENTS . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    TROUBLESHOOTING . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    SPECIFICATIONS . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . .
    42
    42
    43
    45
    45
    46
    46
    46
    46
    46
    46
    47
    48
    48
    48
    49
    49
    49
    50
    53
    54
    54
    55
    56
    57
    57
    58
    58
    59
    59
    59
    59
    60
    60
    60
    61
    62
    69
    73
    MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 88
    2-Stroke . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 89
    4-Stroke . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 92
    4
    _______________________
    ENGINE SYSTEM. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 95
    Air Filter Cleaning . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 95
    Cooling System . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 95
    Exhaust System. .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 96
    Injection Oil Level (2-stroke engines) . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 96
    Engine Oil Level (4-stroke engines) . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 97
    EPA Certified Engines . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 98
    DRIVE SYSTEM . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 100
    Brake Fluid Level.. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 100
    Brake Condition . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 100
    Brake Adjustment. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 100
    Gearbox Oil Level . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 100
    Belt Guard Removal and Installation . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 100
    Drive Belt Condition .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 101
    Drive Belt Removal/Installation .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 101
    Drive Belt Height Adjustment . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 102
    Drive Pulley Adjustment . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 103
    Track Condition . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 104
    Track Adjustments . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 105
    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 108
    Battery Electrolyte . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 108
    REAR SUSPENSION . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 109
    STEERING AND FRONT SUSPENSION . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 110
    BODY/FRAME. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 111
    Vehicle Cleaning and Protection. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 111
    Bulb Replacement . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 111
    STORAGE AND PRESEASON PREPARATION . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 113
    WARRANTY
    BRP LIMITED WARRANTY NORTH AMERICA: 2008 SKI-DOO®
    SNOWMOBILES .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 116
    BRP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED WARRANTY: 2008 SKI-DOO®
    SNOWMOBILES .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 121
    BRP EUROPEAN UNION MEMBER STATES LIMITED WARRANTY: 2008
    SKI-DOO® SNOWMOBILES. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 125
    PRIVACY OBLIGATIONS/DISCLAIMER . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 129
    CHANGE OF ADDRESS/OWNERSHIP . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. 130
    ______________________
    5
    6
    _______________________
    SAFETY
    INFORMATION
    ____________
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ____________
    7
    INTRODUCTION
    Everyone is a beginner the first time
    he sits behind the controls of a snowmobile regardless of previous experience in driving an automobile, a
    motorcycle or a motorboat. The safe
    use of your snowmobile is dependent
    on many conditions such as visibility,
    speed, weather, environment, traffic,
    vehicle condition and the condition of
    the driver.
    Each operator has a responsibility to
    ensure the safety of his/her passenger, if any, and of other recreationists
    or bystanders.
    You are responsible for proper operation of your vehicle as well as training
    those whom you allow to ride or drive.
    There may be noticeable handling and
    performance differences from one
    snowmobile to the other.
    A snowmobile is relatively simple to
    operate but like any other vehicle
    or mechanical equipment, it can be
    hazardous if you or a passenger are
    reckless, thoughtless or inattentive.
    We encourage you to have an Annual
    Safety Inspection of your snowmobile. Please contact an authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer for further details.
    Finally, we urge you to visit an authorized SKI-DOO dealer periodically for
    regular and safety maintenance, as
    well as snowmobile accessories you
    may require.
    8
    ____________
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    IMPORTANT BASIC SAFETY MEASURES
    Training
    Age
     Basic training is required for the
    safe operation of any snowmobile.
    Study your Operator's Guide paying
    particular attention to cautions and
    warnings. Join your local snowmobile club: its social activities
    and trail systems are planned for
    both fun and safety. Obtain basic
    instructions from your snowmobile
    dealer, friend, fellow club member
    or enroll in your state or provincial
    safety training program.
     Always show a new operator how
    to start and stop the vehicle. Indicate the correct riding positions
    and, above all else, only allow him
    to operate the snowmobile in a restricted flat area — at least until he
    is completely familiar with its operation. If there is a local snowmobile
    operator's training course existing,
    have him enroll.
     BRP recommends the operator has
    at least 16 years old of age.
    Performance
     The performance of some snowmobiles may significantly exceed
    that of other snowmobiles you have
    operated. Therefore, use by novice
    or inexperienced operators is not
    recommended.
     Snowmobiles are used in many areas and in many snow conditions.
    Not all models perform the same in
    similar conditions. Always consult
    your snowmobile dealer when selecting the snowmobile model for
    your particular needs and uses.
     Injury or death may result to the
    snowmobile operator, passenger
    or bystander if the snowmobile is
    used in risky conditions which are
    beyond the driver's, passenger's
    or snowmobile's capabilities or intended use.
    ____________
    Speed
     Speeding can be fatal. In many
    cases, you cannot react or respond
    quickly enough to the unexpected.
    Always ride at a speed which is
    suitable to the trail, weather conditions and your own ability. Know
    your local rules. Speed limit may
    be in effect and meant to be observed.
    Riding
     Always keep right hand side of the
    trail.
     Always keep a safe distance
    from other snowmobiles and bystanders.
     Remember, promotional material
    may show risky maneuvers performed by professional riders under
    ideal and/or controlled conditions.
    You should never attempt any such
    risky maneuvers if they are beyond
    your level of riding ability.
     Never ride after consuming drugs or
    alcohol or if you feel tired or ill. Operate your snowmobile prudently.
     Your snowmobile is not designed to
    be operated on public streets, roads
    or highways.
     Snowmobiling at night can be a delightful experience but because of
    reduced visibility, be extra cautious.
    Avoid unfamiliar terrain and be sure
    your lights are working. Always carry a flashlight and spare light bulbs.
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    9
     Nature is wonderful but don't let it
    distract your attention from driving.
    If you want to truly appreciate winter's scenery, stop your snowmobile on the side of the trail so that
    you don't become a hazard to others.
     Fences represent a very serious
    threat for both you and your snowmobile. Give a wide berth to telephone poles or posts.
     Hidden wires unseen from a distance can cause serious accidents.
     Always wear an approved safety
    helmet, eye protection and a face
    shield. This also applies to your
    passenger.
     Be aware of inherent risks associated with riding off trails, such as
    avalanche and other natural or man
    made hazards or obstacles.
     Avoid road traveling. If you must
    do so, and it is permitted, reduce
    speed. The snowmobile is not designed to operate or turn on paving.
    When crossing a road, make a full
    stop, then look carefully in both directions before crossing at a 90° angle. Be wary of parked vehicles.
     Tailgating another snowmobile
    should be avoided. If the snowmobile in front of you slows for any
    reason, its driver and passenger
    could be harmed through your neglect. Maintain a safe stopping
    distance between you and the
    snowmobile in front of you. Depending on the terrain condition,
    stopping may require a little more
    space than you think. Play it safe.
    Be prepared to use evasive driving.
    10
    ___________
     Venturing out alone with your snowmobile could also be hazardous.
    You could run out of fuel, have an
    accident, or damage your snowmobile. Remember, your snowmobile
    is capable of traveling further in half
    an hour than you may be able to
    walk in a day. Use the “buddy system”. Always ride with a friend or
    member of your snowmobile club.
    Even then, tell someone where you
    are going and the approximate time
    you plan to return.
     Meadows sometimes have low areas where water accumulate and
    freezes over in winter. This ice is
    usually glare ice. Attempting to
    turn or brake on this surface could
    cause your vehicle to spin out of
    control. Never brake or attempt
    speeding or turning on glare ice. If
    you do happen to travel over such
    a condition, reduce speed by carefully releasing the throttle.
     Never “jump” with your snowmobile. This should be left to professional stunt men. Don't show off.
    Be responsible.
     While on safari, do not “gun” the
    throttle. Snow and ice can be
    thrown back into the path of a
    following snowmobile. In addition,
    when “gunning” the throttle, the
    vehicle digs into and leaves an irregular snow surface for others.
     Safaris are both fun and enjoyable
    but don't show off or overtake
    others in the group. A less experienced operator might try to do the
    same as you and fail. When riding
    with others, limit your abilities to
    the experience of others.
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    Operation
     Always make a pre-start inspection
    BEFORE you turn on the ignition.
     In an emergency, the snowmobile
    engine can be stopped by pressing down on the engine cut-out
    switch, pulling the tether cord cap
    (DESSTM key) or turning off the ignition switch key.
     Throttle mechanism should be
    checked for free movement and
    return to idle position before starting engine.
     Always engage parking brake when
    vehicle is not in use.
     Never run the engine in a nonventilated area and/or if vehicle is
    left unattended.
     Never operate the engine without
    belt guard securely installed or,
    with hood or access/side panels
    opened or removed. Never run the
    engine without drive belt installed.
    Running an unloaded engine such
    as without drive belt or with track
    raised, can be dangerous.
     Electric start models only: Never
    charge or boost a battery while installed on snowmobile.
     Ensure the path behind is clear of
    obstacles or bystanders before proceeding in reverse.
     Always remove the ignition key (if
    applicable) or the tether cord cap
    (DESS key) when vehicle is not in
    operation in order to prevent accidental engine starting, to avoid
    unauthorized use by children or others or theft.
     Raising the rear of your snowmobile
    while the engine is running could
    cause snow, ice or debris to be
    thrown back at an observer. Never raise the rear of the vehicle while
    the engine is running. To clear or inspect the track, stop the engine, tilt
    the vehicle on its side and remove
    blockage with a piece of wood or
    branch. Never allow anyone near a
    rotating snowmobile track.
    Maintenance
     Know your snowmobile and treat
    it with the respect and care due of
    any power driven machine. Common sense, proper handling and
    routine maintenance will result in
    safer and enjoyable use.
     Only perform procedures as detailed in this guide. Unless otherwise specified, engine should be
    turned OFF and cold for all lubrication, adjustment and maintenance
    procedures.
     Never have the engine running
    while the hood or access/side
    panels are opened. Even at idle,
    a snowmobile engine is turning
    around 1800 RPM. Always turn off
    the engine before opening the hood
    and/or side panels for any reason.
     Never remove any original equipment from your snowmobile. Each
    vehicle has many built in safety features. Such features include various guards and consoles, plus reflective materials and warning labels.
    ____________ SAFETY INFORMATION ___________
    11
     A poorly maintained snowmobile
    itself can be a potential hazard. Excessively worn components could
    render the vehicle completely inoperative. Keep the snowmobile
    in good working condition at all
    times. Follow your pre-operation
    check, weekly, monthly and annually routine maintenance and
    lubrication procedures as detailed
    in this guide. Consult a snowmobile dealer or acquire a shop manual
    and proper tools and equipment if
    other repairs or service is required.
     Do not stud the track unless it has
    been approved for studs. At speed,
    a studded track that has not been
    approved for studs could tear and
    separate from vehicle posing a risk
    of severe injury or death.
     Always wear a DOT approved helmet and follow the same dressing
    guidelines as those recommended
    for the operator and described in
    this guide.
     Make sure that you are able to
    achieve a stable stance, both feet
    resting positively on the footboards
    of footrests with good grip, and
    that you are able to hold on firmly
    to the handholds.
     Once underway, if you feel uncomfortable or insecure for any reason,
    don‘t wait, tell the driver to slow
    down or stop.
    Fuel
     Always stop the engine before
    refueling. Fuel is flammable and
    explosive under certain conditions.
    Always work in a well-ventilated
    area. Do not smoke or allow open
    flames or sparks in the vicinity.
    Open cap slowly. If a differential pressure condition is noticed
    (whistling sound heard when loosening fuel tank cap) have vehicle
    inspected and/or repaired before
    further operation. Do not overfill
    or top off the fuel tank before placing the vehicle in a warm area.
    As temperature increases, fuel expands and might overflow. Always
    wipe off any fuel spillage from the
    vehicle. Periodically verify fuel system.
    Basics for Passenger
     Never ride as a passenger unless
    the snowmobile is equipped with a
    passenger seat, and sit only on the
    designated passenger seat.
    12
    ___________
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    LAWS AND REGULATIONS
     Know your local laws.
    Federal, state, provincial and local government agencies have enacted laws
    and regulations pertaining to the safe
    use and operation of snowmobiles. It
    is your responsibility as a snowmobiler
    to learn and obey these laws and regulations. Respect and observance will
    result in safer snowmobiling for all.
    Be aware of the liability property damages and insurance laws regarding
    your equipment.
    ____________ SAFETY INFORMATION ___________
    13
    RIDING THE VEHICLE
    Before venturing on the trails, operate
    the snowmobile in a restricted flat area
    until you are completely familiar with
    its operation and feel comfortable that
    you can safely tackle a more demanding task. Have an enjoyable and safe
    ride.
    Principle of Operation
    Propulsion
    Depressing throttle lever increases
    engine RPM causing the drive pulley
    to engage. Depending on models engine RPM must be between 2500 and
    4200 before drive pulley engagement
    will occur.
    Outer sheave of drive pulley moves
    toward inner sheave, forcing the drive
    belt to move upward on the drive
    pulley and simultaneously forcing the
    sheaves apart on the driven pulley.
    The driven pulley senses the load on
    the track and limits the belt movement. The result is an optimized
    speed ratio between engine RPM and
    the speed of the vehicle at any time.
     WARNING
    Never operate engine without belt
    guard securely installed or, with
    hood or access/side panels opened
    or removed.
    Power is transferred to the track
    through the chaincase or gearbox
    and drive axle.
     WARNING
    Always use a wide-base snowmobile mechanical stand to properly
    support vehicle during any track
    verification.
    Slowly accelerate
    engine in order to rotate track at
    very low speed when it is not on
    ground.
    14
    ___________
    Turning
    Handlebar controls the steering of the
    vehicle. As the handlebar is rotated to
    right or left, the skis are turned right or
    left to steer the snowmobile.
    Stopping
    Before riding your snowmobile, you
    should understand how to stop it.
    This is done by releasing the throttle
    and gradually depressing the brake
    lever on the left side of the handlebar.
    In an emergency, you may stop your
    vehicle by pressing the engine cut-out
    switch located near the throttle control
    and applying the brake. Remember, a
    snowmobile cannot “stop on a dime”.
    Braking characteristics vary with deep
    snow, packed snow or ice. If the track
    is locked during hard braking, skidding
    may result.
    How to Ride
    How to Dress
    Proper snowmobile clothing should
    be worn. It should be comfortable
    and not too tight. Always check the
    weather forecast before going on a
    ride. Dress for the coldest weather
    expected. Thermal underwear next
    to the skin also provides a good insulation.
    DOT approved helmets are recommended at all times. They provide
    both warmth and reduce injury. A
    stocking type cap, balaclava and face
    mask should always be carried or
    worn. Goggles or a face shield that
    attach to the helmet are indispensable.
    Hands should be protected by a pair
    of snowmobile gloves or mitts which
    have sufficient insulation and allow
    use of thumbs and fingers for operation of controls.
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    Rubber bottom boots with either a nylon or a leather top, with removable
    felt liners are best suited for snowmobiling.
    You should keep yourself as dry as
    possible when snowmobiling. When
    you come indoors, take your snowmobile suit and boots off and make certain they dry properly.
    Do not wear long scarfs and loose apparels that could get caught in moving
    parts.
    What to Bring
    Every snowmobiler should carry at
    least the following basic parts and
    tools that can help him and others in
    an emergency:
    – this Operator's Guide
    – spare spark plugs and wrench
    – friction tape
    – spare drive belt
    – spare starter rope
    – spare light bulbs
    – tool kit (including at least pliers,
    screwdriver, adjustable wrench)
    – knife
    – flashlight.
    Include other items depending on the
    length and time of your ride.
    Generally, the riding position for best
    balance and control is sitting. However, the posting, kneeling or standing
    positions are also used under certain
    conditions.
    The novice driver should become familiar with the snowmobile through
    practice on a level area at slow speeds
    before venturing afield.
     WARNING
    Do not attempt any maneuvers if
    they are beyond your abilities.
    Sitting
    Feet on the running boards, body midway back on seat is an ideal position
    when operating the snowmobile over
    familiar, smooth terrain. Knees and
    hips should remain flexible to absorb
    shocks.
    mmo2006-003-001
    Riding Position
    Your riding position and balance are
    the two basic principles of making
    your snowmobile go where you want
    it to. When turning on the side of a
    hill, you and your passenger must be
    ready to shift body weight to help it
    turn in the desired direction. Driver
    and passenger(s) must never attempt
    this maneuvering by placing feet outside of the vehicle. Experience will
    teach you how much lean to put into turns at different speeds and how
    much you will have to lean into a slope
    to maintain proper balance.
    ____________ SAFETY INFORMATION ___________
    15
    Posting
    A semi-sitting position with the body
    off the seat and the feet under the
    body in a sort of squatting posture,
    thus allowing the legs to absorb the
    shocks when traveling over uneven
    terrain. Avoid abrupt stops.
    Standing
    Place both feet on the running boards.
    Knees should be flexed to absorb the
    shock from surface bumps. This is
    an effective position to see better and
    to shift weight as conditions dictate.
    Avoid abrupt stop.
    mmo2006-003-002
    mmo2006-003-004
    Kneeling
    This position is achieved by placing
    one foot firmly on the running board
    and the opposite knee on the seat.
    Avoid abrupt stops.
    mmo2006-003-003
    Carrying a Passenger
    Certain snowmobiles are designed for
    an operator only, others can allow one
    passenger only, and others can allow
    up to two passengers. Refer to the
    indications on the vehicles to know if
    any particular snowmobile can accommodate passengers or not, and if so,
    how many. Always respect those indications. Overloading is dangerous because snowmobiles are not designed
    for it.
    Even when passengers are allowed,
    you must make sure that the persons
    who would like to become passengers
    are physically fit for snowmobiling.
     WARNING
    Any passenger must be able to
    firmly lay his feet on the footrests
    and keep his hands on the grab
    handles or seat strap at all times
    when seated. Respecting those
    physical criteria is important to
    ensure that the passenger is stable
    and to reduce the risks of ejection.
    16
    ___________
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    On snowmobiles allowing two passengers, if you have an adult and a
    child for passenger, BRP recommends
    that the child sits in the center location. This allows an adult sitting in the
    rear seat to keep a visual contact with
    the child and hold him if necessary.
    In addition, the child is best protected
    against the wind and cold temperature
    if seated in the center location.
    Each operator has a responsibility to
    ensure the safety of his passengers
    and should inform them of snowmobiling basics.
     WARNING
    – Passengers must only sit on
    designated passenger seats.
    Never allow anyone to sit between the handlebar and the
    operator.
    – Each passenger seat must have
    a strap or grab handles and
    meet SSCC standards.
    – Passengers and operators must
    always wear DOT approved helmets and warm clothing appropriate for snowmobiling. Make
    sure that no skin is exposed.
    – Once underway, if a passenger
    feels uncomfortable or unsecure for any reason, he must
    not wait, and tell the driver to
    slow-down or stop.
    Riding with passengers on board is
    different than riding alone. The operator has the benefit of knowing what
    will be the next maneuver and is able
    to prepare himself accordingly. The
    operator also benefits from the support of his grip on the handlebar. In
    contrast, the passengers have to rely on the operator’s careful and safe
    operation of the vehicle. In addition,
    “body english” is limited with passengers, and the operator can sometimes
    see more of the trail ahead than the
    passengers. Therefore, smooth starting and stopping are required with
    passengers, and the operator must
    slow down. The operator must also
    warn passengers of side hills, bumps,
    branches, etc. An unforeseen bump
    can leave you passenger-less. Remind your passengers to lean into
    the turn with you, without causing
    the vehicle to topple. Be extremely
    careful, go more slowly and check the
    passengers frequently.
     WARNING
    When riding with a passenger:
    – Braking ability and steering
    control are reduced. Decrease
    speed and allow extra space to
    maneuver.
    – Adjust suspension according to
    weight.
    For complete information on how
    to adjust the suspension, please refer to the section of this Operator’s
    Guide entitled SUSPENSION ADJUSTMENTS.
    Use extra caution and go even more
    slowly with young passengers. Check
    frequently to make certain the child
    has a firm grip and is properly positioned with his feet on the running
    boards.
    ____________ SAFETY INFORMATION ___________
    17
    Terrain/Riding Variations
    Groomed Trail
    On a maintained trail, sitting is the
    most preferred riding position. Do not
    race and, above all, keep to the right
    hand side of the trail. Be prepared
    for the unexpected. Observe all trail
    signs. Do not zigzag from one side of
    the trail to the other.
    Ungroomed Trail
    Unless there has been a fresh snowfall you can expect “washboard” and
    snowdrift conditions. Taken at excessive speeds, such conditions can be
    physically harmful. Slow down. Hold
    on the handlebar and assume a posting position. Feet should be under the
    body assuming a crouched position to
    absorb any jarring effect. On longer
    stretches of “washboard” trails, the
    kneeling position of one knee on the
    seat can be adopted. This provides
    a certain amount of comfort, while at
    the same time keeps the body loose
    and capable of vehicle control. Beware of hidden rocks or tree stumps
    partially hidden by a recent snowfall.
    18
    ___________
    Deep Snow
    In deep “powder” snow, your vehicle
    could begin to “bog” down. If this occurs, turn in as wide an arc as possible and look for a firmer base. If you
    do get “bogged”, and it happens to
    everyone, do not spin your track as
    this makes the vehicle sink deeper. Instead, turn the engine off, get off and
    move the back of the vehicle onto new
    snow. Then tramp a clear path ahead
    of the vehicle. A few feet will generally suffice. Restart the engine. Assume the standing position and rock
    the vehicle gently as you steadily and
    slowly apply the throttle. Depending
    on whether the front or rear end of
    the vehicle is sinking, your feet should
    be placed on the opposing end of the
    running boards. Never place foreign
    material beneath the track for support.
    Do not allow anyone to stand in front
    of, or to the rear of, the snowmobile
    with the engine running. Stay away
    from the track. Personal injury will result if contact is made with the revolving track.
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    Frozen Water
    Traveling frozen lakes and rivers can
    be fatal. Avoid waterways. If you
    are in an unfamiliar area, ask the local authorities or residents about the
    ice condition, inlets, outlets, springs,
    fast moving currents or other hazards. Never attempt to operate your
    snowmobile on ice that may be too
    weak to support you and the vehicle.
    Operating a snowmobile on ice or icy
    surfaces can be very dangerous if you
    do not observe certain precautions.
    The very nature of ice is foreign to
    good control of a snowmobile or any
    vehicle. Traction for starting, turning
    or stopping is much less than that
    on snow. Thus, these distances can
    be multiplied manyfold. Steering is
    minimal, and uncontrolled spins are
    an ever present danger. When operating on ice, drive slowly with caution.
    Allow yourself plenty of room for
    stopping and turning. This is especially true at night.
    Hard Packed Snow
    Don't underestimate hard packed
    snow. It can be difficult to negotiate
    as both skis and track do not have as
    much traction. Best advice is to slow
    down and avoid rapid acceleration,
    turning or braking.
    Uphill
    There are two types of hills you can encounter — the open hill on which there
    are few trees, cliffs or other obstacles,
    and a hill that can only be climbed directly. On an open hill, the approach
    is to climb it by side hilling or slaloming. Approach at an angle. Adopt a
    kneeling position. Keep your weight
    on the uphill side at all times. Maintain a steady, safe speed. Continue
    as far as you can in this direction, then
    switch to an opposite hill angle and riding position.
    A direct climb could present problems.
    Choose the standing position, accelerate before you start the climb and
    then reduce throttle pressure to prevent track slippage.
    In either case, vehicle speed should
    be as fast as the incline demands.
    Always slow down as you reach the
    crest. If you cannot proceed further,
    don't spin your track. Turn the engine off, free the skis by pulling them
    out and downhill, place the rear of the
    snowmobile uphill restart the engine
    and ease it out with slow even throttle
    pressure. Position yourself to avoid
    tipping over, then descend.
    Downhill
    Downhill driving requires that you
    have full control of your vehicle at all
    times. On steeper hills, keep your
    center of gravity low and both hands
    on the handlebar. Maintain slight
    throttle pressure and allow the machine to run downhill with the engine
    operating. If a higher than safe speed
    is reached, slow down by braking but
    apply the brake with frequent light
    pressure. Never jam the brake and
    lock the track.
    Side Hill
    When crossing a side hill or traversing up or downhill, certain procedures
    must be followed. All riders should
    lean towards the slope as required
    for stability. The preferred operating
    positions are the kneeling position,
    with the knee of the down hill leg
    on the seat and the foot of the uphill leg on the running board, or the
    posting position. Be prepared to shift
    your weight quickly as needed. Side
    hills and steep slopes are not recommended for a beginner or a novice
    snowmobiler.
    ____________ SAFETY INFORMATION ___________
    19
    Slush
    Slush should be avoided at all times.
    Always check for slush before starting across any lake or river. If dark
    spots appear in your tracks, get off the
    ice immediately. Ice and water can be
    thrown rearward into the path of a following snowmobile. Getting a vehicle
    out of a slush area is strenuous and in
    some cases, impossible.
    Fog or Whiteouts
    On land or water, fog or visibilitylimiting snow can form. If you have
    to proceed into the fog or heavy snow,
    do so slowly with your lights on and
    watch intently for hazards. If you are
    not sure of your way, do not proceed.
    Keep a safe distance behind other
    snowmobilers to improve visibility
    and reaction time.
    Unfamiliar Territory
    Whenever you enter an area that is
    new to you, drive with extreme caution. Go slow enough to recognize
    potential hazards such as fences or
    fence posts, brooks crossing your
    path, rocks, sudden dips, guy wires
    and countless other obstacles which
    could result in a termination of your
    snowmobile ride. Even when following existing tracks, be cautious.
    Travel at a speed so you can see what
    is around the next bend or over the
    top of the hill.
    Bright Sunshine
    Bright sunny days can considerably reduce your vision. The glare from sun
    and snow may blind you to the extent that you cannot easily distinguish
    ravines, ditches or other obstacles.
    Goggles with colored lenses should
    always be worn under these conditions.
    20
    ___________
    Unseen Obstruction
    There may be obstructions hidden
    beneath the snow. Driving off established trails and in the woods requires
    reduced speed and increased vigilance. Driving too fast in an area can
    make even minor obstacles very hazardous. Even hitting a small rock or
    stump could throw your snowmobile out of control and cause injury to
    its riders. Stay on established trails
    to reduce your exposure to hazards.
    Be safe, slow down and enjoy the
    scenery.
    Hidden Wires
    Always be on the lookout for hidden
    wires, especially in areas that may
    have been farmed at one time or another. Too many accidents have been
    caused by running into wires in the
    fields, guy wires next to poles and
    roads, and into chains and wires used
    as road closures. Slow speeds are a
    must.
    Obstacles and Jumping
    Unplanned jumps of snowdrifts,
    snowplow ridges, culverts or indistinguishable objects can be dangerous.
    You can avoid them by wearing the
    proper color lenses or face shields and
    by operating at a lower speed.
    Jumping a snowmobile is an unsafe
    and dangerous practice. However, if
    the trail does suddenly drop away from
    you, crouch (stand) towards the rear
    of the vehicle and keep the skis up
    and straight ahead. Apply partial throttle and brace yourself for the impact.
    Knees must be flexed to act as shock
    absorbers.
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    Turning
    Depending on terrain conditions, there
    are two preferred ways to turn or corner a snowmobile. For most snow
    surfaces, “body english” is the key to
    turning. Leaning towards the inside of
    the turn and positioning body weight
    on the inside foot will create a “banking” condition beneath the track. By
    adopting this position and positioning
    yourself as far forward as possible,
    weight will be transferred to the inside
    ski.
    On occasion, you will find that the only way to turn the vehicle about in
    deep snow is to pull the snowmobile
    around. Do not over-exert yourself.
    Get assistance. Remember to always
    lift using your legs as opposed to your
    back.
    mmo2006-003-005
    Road Crossing
    In some cases, you will be approaching the road from a ditch or snowbank.
    Choose a place where you know you
    can climb without difficulty. Use the
    standing position and proceed with only as much speed needed to crest the
    bank. Stop completely at the top of
    the bank and wait for all traffic to clear.
    Judge the drop to the roadway. Cross
    the road at a 90° angle. If you encounter another snowbank on the opposite side, position your feet near the
    rear of the vehicle. Remember, your
    snowmobile is not designed to operate on bare pavement and steering on
    this type of surface is more difficult.
    Railroad Crossing
    Never ride on railroad tracks. It is illegal. Railroad tracks and railroad rightsof-way are private property. A snowmobile is no match for a train. When
    crossing a railroad track, stop, look and
    listen.
    Night Rides
    The amount of natural and artificial
    light at a given time can effect your
    ability to see or to be seen. Nighttime
    snowmobiling is delightful. It can be
    a unique experience if you acknowledge your reduced visibility. Before
    you start, make certain your lights
    are clean and work properly. Drive
    at speeds that will allow you to stop
    in time when you see an unknown
    or dangerous object ahead. Stay on
    established trails and never operate in
    unfamiliar territory. Avoid rivers and
    lakes. Guy wires, barbed wire fences,
    cabled road entrances and other objects such as tree limbs are difficult
    to see at night. Never drive alone.
    Always carry a flashlight. Keep away
    from residential areas and respect the
    right of others to sleep.
    Safari Riding
    Before starting out, designate a “trail
    boss” to lead the party and another
    person to follow-up at the end of the
    party. Ensure that all members of the
    party are aware of the proposed route
    and destination. Make certain that
    you are carrying all necessary tools
    and equipment and that you have
    sufficient fuel to complete the trip.
    Never overtake the trail boss or, for
    that matter, any other snowmobile.
    Use down-the-line hand signals to indicate hazards or intent of direction
    change. Assist others whenever necessary.
    ____________ SAFETY INFORMATION ___________
    21
    It is always IMPORTANT to keep a
    safe distance between each snowmobile. Always maintain a safe interval
    and allow sufficient stopping distance.
    Don't be a tailgater. Know the position
    of the machine ahead.
    Signals
    If you intend to stop, raise either hand
    straight above your head. A left turn is
    indicated by extending your left hand
    straight out in the proper direction.
    For right turns, extend the left arm and
    raise the hand to a vertical position so
    it forms a right angle at the elbow. Every snowmobiler should relay any signal to the ones behind.
    Trail Stops
    Whenever possible, pull off the trail
    when you stop. This will reduce the
    hazard to other snowmobilers using
    the trail.
    Trails and Signs
    Trail signs are used to control, direct
    or regulate the use of snowmobiles on
    trails. Become familiar with all signs
    used in the area where you are snowmobiling.
    Transporting and Towing
    Follow transporting and towing instructions explained further in this
    guide.
    22
    ___________
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    LOCATION OF THE IMPORTANT LABELS
    Safety standards for snowmobiles
    have been adopted by the Snowmobile Safety and Certification Committee (SSCC) of which BRP is a proud
    participating member. Assurance that
    your snowmobile meets these standards is easily checked by locating the
    Certification Label on a right vertical
    portion of the vehicle.
    This label shows that an independent
    testing laboratory has verified compliance with the SSCC safety standards.
    PARRAINÉ PAR LE COMITÉ DE
    SÉCURITÉ DE CERTIFICATION
    DE LA MOTONEIGE, INC.
    CERTIFIED
    PRINTED IN U.S.A.
    CE MODÈLE A ÉTÉ ÉVALUÉ
    PAR UN LABORATOIRE
    D'ESSAIS INDÉPENDANT
    ET SATISFAIT TOUTES LES
    NORMES DE SÉCURITÉ DU
    SSCC EN VIGUEUR À LA
    DATE DE FABRICATION.
    CERTIFIÉ
    Instruction 1
    A00A8TA
    Instruction 2
    THIS MODEL HAS BEEN
    EVALUATED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AND IT MEETS ALL
    SSCC SAFETY STANDARDS
    IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF
    ITS MANUFACTURE.
    SPONSORED BY THE SNOWMOBILE SAFETY AND CERTIFICATION COMMITTEE, INC.
    A00A1MA
    A33A2DA
    Other important labels on the vehicle
    are WARNING or CAUTION labels relating to safety, maintenance and/or
    snowmobile operation. Ensure all
    such labeling is retained on the vehicle and its content is followed by
    vehicle operator and passenger.
    If missing or damaged, the decals can
    be replaced free of charge. See an
    authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    Please read the following instructions
    carefully before operating this snowmobile.
    Instruction 3
    A01A2EA
    Instruction 4
    WARNING
    This guard must ALWAYS be in place when engine is running.
    Beware of rotating parts _ they could cause injuries or
    catch your clothing.
    AVERTISSEMENT
    Ce garde-courroie doit TOUJOURS être en place lorsque le
    moteur fonctionne. Attention aux pièces en rotation _ elles
    peuvent vous blesser ou capter vos vêtements.
    mmo2008-001-025_a
    TYPICAL — LOCATION OF IMPORTANT
    INSTRUCTIONS
    516 002 670
    A33A2FA
    ____________ SAFETY INFORMATION ___________
    23
    Instruction 5
    Instruction 9
    NEVER SIT IN CARGO AREA.
    NE JAMAIS S'ASSEOIR À LA PLACE DU CARGO.
    Exceeding maximum cargo load
    may affect steering
    control and braking ability.
    MAXIMUM cargo load :
    XX Kg /XX Lbs.
    Excéder le poids maximal du cargo peut
    affecter le contrôle de la
    direction et la capacité de freinage.
    Charge MAXIMALE cargo :
    XX Kg / XX Lbs.
    mmo2007-002-002
    A32A1ZA
    Instruction 10
    V800 MODEL
    Instruction 6
    516002673
    Instruction 11
    A29A0IA
    Instruction 7
    Beware of HOT parts!
    A00A8VA
    Instruction 12
    Attention aux pièces CHAUDES!
    516002664
    A33A2GA
    Instruction 8
    A00A8SA
    A32A1HA
    LIQUID-COOLED MODELS
    24
    ___________
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    Instruction 13
    Instruction 16
    704901107
    vmo2006-005-009_en
    HANG TAG — NOT SHOWN
    A00A8UA
    Instruction 14
    516002853
    Instruction 15
    xxxx
    xxxx
    xxxx
    xxxx
    xxxx
    xxxx
    mmo2007-009-070
    TYPICAL
    ____________ SAFETY INFORMATION ___________
    25
    26
    ___________
    SAFETY INFORMATION
    ___________
    ENVIRONMENT
    INFORMATION
    _____________________
    27
    GENERAL
    Wildlife compliments your snowmobiling day. Snowmobile tracks provide
    firm ground over which animals can
    travel from area to area. Do not violate this privilege by chasing or harassing wildlife. Fatigue and exhaustion
    can lead to animal's death. Avoid areas posted for the protection or feeding of wildlife.
    If you happen to be fortunate enough
    to see an animal, stop your snowmobile and observe quietly.
    The guidelines that we support are
    not designed to limit your snowmobiling fun, but to preserve the beautiful freedom that you can experience
    only on a snowmobile! These guidelines will keep snowmobilers healthy,
    happy and able to introduce others to
    what they know and enjoy about their
    favorite winter pastime. So, the next
    time you hit the trails on a cool, crisp
    and clear winter day, we ask you to remember that you are paving the way
    for the future of our sport. Help us
    lead it down the right path! From all
    of us at BRP, thank you for doing your
    share.
    There is nothing more exhilarating
    than snowmobiling. Venturing onto
    snowmobile trails that criss-cross the
    wild areas of the U.S. and Canada is
    an exciting and healthy winter sport.
    However, as the number of people using these recreational parks increases,
    so does the potential for damage to
    the environment. Abuse of land, facilities and resources inevitably leads
    to restrictions and closures of both
    private and public land.
    In essence, the greatest threat to our
    sport, is all around us. Which leaves
    us with one logical choice. When we
    snowmobile, we must always ride responsibly.
    28
    The vast majority respect the law and
    the environment. Each of us must set
    an example for those who are new to
    the sport, young and old alike.
    It is in every one's best interest to
    tread lightly into our recreational areas.
    Because, in the long run, to protect the
    sport we must preserve the environment.
    Recognizing the importance of this issue and the need for snowmobilers to
    do their share in preserving areas that
    make it possible to enjoy our sport,
    BRP has developed the “Light Treading is Smart Sledding” campaign for
    snowmobilers.
    Light Treading refers to more than the
    thread of our tracks. It's a statement
    of concern, respect and willingness to
    take the lead and take action. It applies to the environment in general, its
    proper care and maintenance, its natural inhabitants and all enthusiasts and
    the public at large who enjoy the great
    outdoors. With this theme, we invite
    all snowmobilers to remember that respecting the environment is not only
    critical to the future of our industry but
    to future generations.
    Light Treading in no way suggests you
    should curb your appetite for snowmobiling fun! It simply means tread with
    respect!
    ______________________
    JUST WHAT IS LIGHT TREADING?
    The fundamental objective of Light
    Treading is one of respect for where
    and how you ride a snowmobile.
    You're a light treader when you follow
    the principles below.
    Become informed. Obtain maps,
    regulations and other information
    from the Forest Service or from other
    public land agencies. Learn the rules
    and follow them and that goes for
    speed limits, too!
    Avoid running over young trees,
    shrubs, and grasses and don't cut
    wood. On flatlands or areas where
    trail riding is popular, it's important to
    ride only where authorized. Remember, there is a link between protecting
    your environment and your own safety.
    Respect wildlife and be particularly
    sensitive of animals that are rearing
    young or suffering from food shortage. Stress can sap scarce energy reserves. Refrain from riding in areas
    where only animals are intended to
    tread!
    Obey gate closures and regulatory
    signs and remember, light treaders
    don't litter!
    Stay out of wilderness areas. They're
    closed to all vehicles. Know where
    the boundaries are.
    Obtain permission to travel across
    private land. Respect the rights of
    landowners and other people's privacy. Remember, snowmobile technology has lowered the noise factor
    considerably, but you still shouldn't
    rev your engines where quiet “is the
    order of the day”.
    _____________________
    29
    WHY IS LIGHT TREADING SMART
    Snowmobilers know all too well the
    efforts that have been made throughout the sport's history to enjoy access
    to areas where people can snowmobile safely and responsibly. This effort
    continues today, as strong as ever.
    Respecting the areas where we ride...
    wherever they may be... is the only way to ensure their future enjoyment. That's one major reason why
    we know you'll agree that Light Treading Is Smart Sledding! And there are
    more.
    Enjoying the opportunity to see winter
    and all its natural majestic wonders,
    is an experience cherished by snowmobilers. Light Treading will preserve
    this opportunity and will make it possible for us to expose others to the
    beauty of winter and the unique thrill
    of our sport! Light Treading will help
    our sport to grow!
    Finally, Light Treading is the sign of a
    smart snowmobiler. You don't have to
    leave big tracks or careen through a virgin forest to show you can ride. So
    whether you're driving a high performance SKI-DOO, a sporty MX Z snowmobile or any other make or model,
    show you know what you're doing.
    Show you know how to send snow flying and make tracks with a light touch!
    30
    ______________________
    VEHICLE
    INFORMATION
    _____________________
    31
    HOW TO IDENTIFY YOUR SNOWMOBILE
    Vehicle Description Decal
    Vehicle description decal is located on
    right hand side of tunnel.
    Vehicle Identification Number
    (VIN) Location
    VIN is scribed on vehicle description
    decal. See above. It is also embossed
    on tunnel near vehicle description decal.
    Model Number Location
    Model number is part of vehicle identification number (VIN).
    Typical VIN Description
    mmo2008-001-013_a
    TYPICAL
    1. Vehicle description decal
    2BPS BX5A 9 Y 1 000001
    Serial number
    Model number
    Model year: y = 2000
    1 = 2001
    2 = 2002
    etc.
    Engine Serial Number Location
    mmo2008-001-015_a
    VEHICLE DESCRIPTION DECAL
    1. Manufacturer name
    2. Manufacturing date
    3. Vehicle identification number (VIN)
    Serial Numbers
    The main components of your snowmobile (engine and frame) are identified by different serial numbers. It
    may sometimes become necessary
    to locate these numbers for warranty
    purposes or to trace your snowmobile
    in the event of loss. These numbers are required by the authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer to complete warranty claims properly. No warranty will
    be allowed by BRP if the engine serial number or vehicle identification
    number (VIN) is removed or mutilated
    in any way. We strongly recommend
    that you take note of all the serial numbers on your snowmobile and supply
    them to your insurance company.
    32
    mmo2007-002-008_a
    FAN COOLED — 550F ENGINE TYPE
    1. Engine serial number
    mmo2007-002-007_a
    LIQUID COOLED — 600/600 HO SDI
    ENGINE TYPE
    1. Engine serial number
    ______________________
    mmo2007-001-001_a
    V800 ENGINE TYPE
    1. Engine serial number
    _____________________
    33
    CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS/EQUIPMENT
    NOTE: Some controls/instruments/
    equipment do not apply or are optional on some models. In these cases
    their reference numbers are deliberately missing in the illustrations.
    mmo2008-001-016_a
    SKANDICTM SWT V800 ONLY — REAR RACK
    22. Electric power outlet
    mmo2008-001-014_a
    TYPICAL
    4. Pilot lamps
    14. Speedometer
    15. Odometer
    16. Display
    17. Mode button
    22. Electric power outlet
    34. Tachometer
    35. Electric fuel level gauge
    36. Temperature gauge
    26
    32
    31
    18
    7
    30
    37
    28
    24
    33
    25,27
    mmo2008-001-001_a
    TYPICAL
    34
    ______________________
    23,29
    2
    2) Brake Lever
    6
    3
    10
    19
    20
    21
    7
    8
    5
    11
    12 1
    21
    Located on the left hand side of handlebar. When squeezed, the brake is
    applied. When released, it automatically returns to its original position.
    Braking effect is proportional to the
    pressure applied on the lever and to
    the type of terrain and its snow coverage.
    3) Parking Brake Lever
    Located on left hand side of handlebar.
    Parking brake should be used whenever snowmobile is parked.
    A29A0KE
    TYPICAL
     WARNING
    Make sure parking brake is fully
    disengaged before operating the
    snowmobile. When you ride the
    vehicle, brake pads that are caused
    to drag by a continuous pressure
    on the lever may cause damage to
    the brake system and cause loss of
    braking capacity and/or fire.
    mmo2008-001-024_a
    TYPICAL
    1) Throttle Lever
    Located on the right hand side of handlebar and designed to be thumb activated. When squeezed, it increases the engine speed and engages the
    transmission. When released, engine
    speed returns automatically to idle.
     WARNING
    Test the throttle lever operation
    each time before starting the engine. The lever must return to its
    original position once released.
    Otherwise, do not start engine.
    To Engage Mechanism
    Squeeze brake lever and maintain
    while pulling locking lever with a finger. When brake lever is held at
    half-way the parking brake should be
    fully applied.
    To Release Mechanism
    Squeeze brake lever. Locking lever
    will automatically return to its original position. Always release parking
    brake before riding.
    4) Pilot Lamps
    Injection Oil Level/Engine
    Oil Pressure
    2-Stroke Models
    Lights up when injection oil
    level is low (with engine
    running). Check oil level and
    replenish as soon as possible.
    _____________________
    35
    4-Stroke Models
    This pilot lamp will glow up
    when engine oil pressure is
    too low. Stop vehicle in a
    safe place then, check oil level
    and replenish as described in
    ENGINE OIL LEVEL.
    Restart engine, oil pilot lamp
    must turn off after few
    seconds. If oil pilot lamp still
    glows up, stop engine and have
    lubrication system inspected by
    an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    DESS Status
    Engine Management System
    (EMS)
    600 HO SDI and V800 Models
    This lamp will light up to
    indicate a trouble. Refer
    to TROUBLESHOOTING for
    trouble code meaning and
    remedy.
    5) Gear Shift Lever
    These models are equipped with a
    mechanical reverse controlled by a
    4-position gear shift lever.
    Liquid Cooled Models
    This lamp will light up to
    confirm DESS status. Refer
    to previous paragraphs for
    description.
    High Beam
    All Models
    Lights when headlamp is on
    HIGH beam.
    A29D2JA
    TYPICAL
    Engine Overheat Warning
    Shifting Procedure
     WARNING
    Liquid Cooled Models
    If this lamp glows, reduce
    snowmobile speed and run
    snowmobile in loose snow or
    stop engine immediately.
    Low Battery Voltage
    600 HO SDI and V800 Models
    This lamp will light up to
    indicate a low battery voltage
    condition. See an authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer as soon as
    possible.
    The reverse speed of these snowmobiles is not limited. Always
    proceed with caution as fast reverse could result in loss of vehicle stability and control. Come to
    complete stop before selecting reverse gear. Wait until the reverse
    alarm sounds before operating
    throttle to proceed in reverse. Always remain seated and apply the
    brake before shifting. Ensure the
    path behind is clear of obstacles
    or bystanders before proceeding.
    CAUTION: Upshift only when engine is idling and speed is below
    20 km/h (12 MPH).
    36
    ______________________
    With snowmobile completely stopped
    and engine at idle, move lever to engage in desired gear.
    Maximum speed in first gear is
    60 km/h (37 MPH).
    Do not force lever. If unable to shift,
    apply throttle to move snowmobile,
    stop vehicle, then try again.
    8) Ignition Switch/Start
    Button
    Ignition Switch
    Fan Cooled Models
    1
    1
    2
    6) Handlebar
    3
    The handlebar allows the steering of
    the snowmobile. As the handlebar is
    rotated to right or left, the skis are
    turned right or left to steer the snowmobile.
     WARNING
    Fast reverse while turning, could
    result in loss of stability and control.
    Handlebar height is adjustable. See an
    authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    7) Holding Strap
    Holding strap provides a grip for driver
    when side-hilling.
     WARNING
    2
    This strap is not for towing, lifting
    or other purpose than temporary
    use as a grab handle during sidehilling. Always keep at least one
    hand on the handlebar.
    A23H04A
    MANUAL START/ELECTRIC START
    1. OFF
    2. ON
    3. START
    Manual Starting
    To start the engine, first turn the key to
    ON position, then pull rewind starter
    handle. To stop the engine, turn the
    key to OFF position. See illustration
    above.
    Electric Starting
    To start engine, turn key to START position and hold until engine has started. See illustration above.
    CAUTION: Do not engage electric
    starter for more than 10 seconds
    at a time. A rest period should be
    observed between the cranking cycles to allow electric starter to cool
    down. Using electric starter when
    engine has started could damage
    electric starter mechanism.
    Release the key as soon as the engine
    starts. Key returns to ON position as
    soon as it is released.
    If the engine does not start on the first
    try, turn the key back to OFF and wait
    a few seconds before restarting. To
    stop engine, turn the key to OFF.
    NOTE: Engine may be manually started with rewind starter if necessary.
    _____________________
    37
    If starter does not operate, check starting system fuse condition. Refer to
    STARTING SYSTEM AND ELECTRIC
    POWER OUTLET FUSE.
    Start Button
    Liquid Cooled Models
    To start engine, push START button
    and hold until engine has started.
    CAUTION: Do not hold START button more than 10 seconds at a time.
    A rest period should be observed
    between the cranking cycles to
    allow starter to cool down. Holding START button when engine has
    started could damage starter mechanism.
    Release START button immediately
    when engine has started.
    If engine does not start on first try,
    wait a few seconds then repeat procedure.
    9) Tether Cut-Out Switch
    General
    When the tether cord cap (DESS key)
    is removed, it shuts the engine off preventing snowmobile to runaway if the
    operator falls off the vehicle accidently.
     WARNING
    Always remove ignition key or
    tether cord cap (DESS key) when
    vehicle is not in operation in order
    to prevent accidental engine starting, to avoid unauthorized use by
    children or others or theft.
    Operation
    Attach tether cord eyelet to clothing,
    then snap cap (DESS key) over post
    before starting engine.
    V800 Model
    NOTE: If engine does not start after
    the second try, wait until all lights are
    shutdown then repeat procedure.
    All Models
    To stop engine, turn off engine cutout switch or pull off tether cord cap
    (DESS key).
    If starter does not operate, check starting system fuse condition. Refer to
    STARTING SYSTEM AND ELECTRIC
    POWER OUTLET FUSE.
    A06H1YA
    2
    1
    TYPICAL
    1. Snap over post
    2. Attach to clothing eyelet
    If emergency engine shut off is required, pull tether cord cap (DESS key)
    from post completely.
    All Models except V800
    NOTE: Engine may be manually started with rewind starter if necessary.
    ®
    A06H1XA
    TYPICAL
    38
    ______________________
    DESS (Digitally Encoded
    Security System) Key/
    Cut-Out Switch
    Liquid Cooled Models
    On these models, the tether cord cap
    (DESS key) is digitally encoded to provide you and your snowmobile with
    the equivalent security of a conventional lock key and it shuts off the engine preventing snowmobile to runaway if the operator falls off the vehicle accidently.
    The DESS key provided with your
    snowmobile contains an electronic
    chip which features a unique permanently memorized digital code. Your
    authorized SKI-DOO dealer programs
    this key in the ECM (Engine Control
    Module) of your snowmobile to allow
    engine operation above 3000 RPM if
    and only if this unique code has been
    read after engine starting.
    If another DESS key is installed, the
    engine will start but will not reach drive
    pulley engagement speed to move vehicle.
    Make sure the DESS key is free of dirt
    or snow.
    1
    We recommend the purchase of additional keys from your authorized SKIDOO dealer. If you have more than
    one DESS equipped SKI-DOO snowmobile, each can be programmed by
    your authorized SKI-DOO dealer to accept the other vehicles keys.
    DESS Pilot Lamp Codes
    NOTE: If any code still occurs, contact
    an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    WARNING
    SIGNALS
    DESS
    PILOT
    LAMP
    DESCRIPTION
    BEEPER
    2 shorts
    Blink
    Good key
    Blink
    Make sure the
    (DESS key) is free
    Unable to of dirt or snow.
    read key (bad Reinstall key and
    connection) restart engine.
    Vehicle can not be
    driven.
    Blink
    Use the proper
    key for this vehicle
    Invalid key or
    or have the key
    key not
    programmed.
    programmed
    Vehicle can not
    be driven.
    1 short per
    1.5 second/
    repetitive
    3 shorts
    per second/
    repetitive
    10) Engine Cut-Out Switch
    To stop the engine in an emergency, push the button to the lower position (OFF) and simultaneously apply
    the brake. To restart, button must be
    at the upper position (ON).
    A30H08A
    DESS KEY
    1. Free of dirt or snow
    Additional DESS Keys
    The ECM of your snowmobile can
    be programmed by your authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer to accept 8 different
    keys.
    _____________________
    39
    1
    2
    A33E04A
    12) Rewind Starter Handle
    All Models except V800
    Auto-rewind type located on right
    hand side of snowmobile. To engage
    mechanism, pull handle slowly until a
    resistance is felt, then pull vigorously.
    Slowly release handle.
    A17G1DA
    1. ON
    2. OFF
    All operators of the snowmobile
    should familiarize themselves with
    the function of this device by using it several times on first outing
    and whenever stopping the engine
    there-after. This engine cut-out procedure will become a reflex and will
    prepare operators for emergency situations requiring its use.
     WARNING
    13) Choke Lever
    550F and 600 Models
    See proper usage instructions in
    STARTING THE ENGINE in OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS section.
    This device features a 3-position lever
    to facilitate cold start.
    1
    If the switch has been used in an
    emergency caused by a suspected malfunction, the source of the
    malfunction should be determined
    and corrected before restarting engine. See an authorized SKI-DOO
    dealer for servicing.
    2
    A06H1KA
    3
    11) Headlamp Dimmer
    Switch
    1. OFF
    2. Position 2
    3. Position 3
    Located on left hand side of handlebar,
    allows selection of headlamp beam.
    Note that lights are automatically ON
    whenever the engine is running.
    Initial Cold Starting
    NOTE: Do not operate the throttle
    lever with the choke lever on.
    Move the choke lever to position 3 and
    start the engine. As soon as the engine starts, move the lever to position 2. After a few seconds (10 seconds maximum) move the choke lever
    to OFF.
    40
    ______________________
    NOTE: In severe cold weather, colder
    than - 20°C (- 4°F) you may need to
    flip choke lever from position 1 (OFF)
    to position 2 a couple of times once
    engine is started.
    Warm Engine Starting
    Start the engine without any choke. If
    the engine will not start after two pulls
    of the rope or two 5 second attempts
    with the electric starter move choke
    lever to position 2. Start the engine
    without activating the throttle lever.
    As soon as the engine starts move the
    choke lever to position 1 (OFF).
    14) Speedometer
    Direct-reading dial indicates the speed
    of the snowmobile in km/h or MPH.
    These models are equipped with an
    electronic speedometer. It may show
    speed in km/h or MPH.
    At vehicle speed of 90 km/h (55 MPH)
    and more, the multifunction display
    will show speed only instead of the selected mode.
    Unit Selection (MPH vs km/h)
    The speedometer is factory preset in
    miles but it is possible to change it to
    kilometer reading, refer to the following procedure or contact an authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer.
    NOTE: Speedometer, odometer and
    trip meter will have their units (kilometer or miles) changed all together.
    Stop engine and open engine compartment. Cut locking ties. Plug connectors together to change units from
    miles to kilometers.
    Unplug to return to miles reading.
    Fasten connector to harness with
    locking ties.
    A29E126
    CONNECTORS LOCATION
    15) Odometer
    Odometer records the total distance
    travelled and displays it either in miles
    or kilometers.
    NOTE: At vehicle speed of 90 km/h
    (55 MPH) and more the mode LCD
    screen will show speed only instead
    of the selected mode.
    16) Trip Meter/Display
    Trip Meter
    Records distance travelled since it has
    been reset. Distance travelled is displayed either in miles or kilometers.
    Refer to UNIT SELECTION (MPH VS
    KM/H) for changing units.
    Display
    NOTE: At vehicle speed of 90 km/h
    (55 MPH) and more the mode LCD
    screen will show speed only instead
    of the selected mode.
    Resetable Hour Meter
    Records engine running time in hours
    and minutes since it has been reset.
    Push and hold mode button for 2 seconds to reset the hourmeter.
    Multifunction Display Code
    If your speedometer shows SCALE in
    the multifunction display, it means that
    the display selector button is stuck in
    the down position or depressed when
    the electrical system was activated.
    _____________________
    41
    17) Mode Button
    Depress mode button to change display. Each time engine is started, display shows odometer. From that point
    depressing mode button will change
    display for the trip meter.
    Depressing mode button again will
    change display for the resetable
    hourmeter. Push mode button again
    to return to odometer.
    Push and hold mode button for 2 seconds to reset the tripmeter or the resetable hourmeter depending on the
    one displayed.
    20) Heated Throttle Lever
    Switch
    Three-position toggle switch. Select
    the desired position to keep your right
    thumb at a comfortable temperature.
    4
    5
    18) Fuel Tank Cap
    2
    A33E04B
    Unscrew to fill up tank, then fully tighten.
     WARNING
    Always stop the engine before refueling. Fuel is flammable and explosive under certain conditions.
    Always work in a well ventilated
    area. Do not smoke or allow open
    flames or sparks in the vicinity.
    Open cap slowly. If a differential pressure condition is noticed
    (whistling sound heard when loosening fuel tank cap) have vehicle
    inspected and/or repaired before
    further operation. Do not overfill or top off the fuel tank before
    placing the vehicle in a warm area.
    As temperature increases, fuel
    expands and might overflow. Always wipe off any fuel spillage
    from the vehicle. Periodically verify fuel system.
    NOTE: Do not sit or lean on seat when
    fuel tank cap is not properly installed.
    19) Heated Grip Switch
    Three-position toggle switch. Select
    the desired position to keep your
    hands at a comfortable temperature.
    42
    1.
    2.
    3.
    4.
    5.
    3
    1
    Heated grip switch
    Heated throttle lever switch
    Hot
    Warm
    Off
    21) Hood Latches
    Stretch and unhook the latches to unlock the hood from its anchors.
    Always lift hood gently until stopped
    by retaining device.
    Close hood slowly, then hook up latches.
    22) Electric Power Outlet
    A 12-volt electric appliance may be
    connected to that jack connector.
    Electric current is supplied when ever
    engine is running. See FUSES section
    for electric power outlet fuse location.
    MODELS
    SWT V800
    All others
    ______________________
    MAXIMUM
    OUTPUT
    CURRENT
    LOCATION
    20 amperes
    Rear rack
    5 amperes
    Dashboard
    5 amperes
    Dashboard
    1
    2
    A15E0KA
    1. Fuse
    2. Check if melted
    A29I04A
    TYPICAL — ELECTRIC POWER OUTLET
    SWT V800 Model Only
    With the engine running, use the
    toggle switch mounted on the multiswitch housing to supply current to
    the rear rack power outlet.
    CAUTION: Do not use a higher rated fuse as this can cause severe
    damage to electrical components
    and/or be a potential fire hazard.
     WARNING
    If fuse has burnt out, source of
    malfunction should be determined
    and corrected before restarting.
    See an authorized SKI-DOO dealer
    for servicing.
    Description/Location
    550F Model
    FUSE
    mmo2008-001-017_a
    30 A
    MULTI-SWITCH HOUSING
    1. Rear power outlet switch
    2. Upper/Lower ON position
    3. Middle OFF position
    DESCRIPTION
    LOCATION
    Ground
    Engine
    protection
    (includes electric compartment
    power outlet)
    Ground Protection
    23) Fuses
    Fuse Removal/Inspection
    Check fuse condition and replace it if
    necessary.
    To remove fuse from holder, pull fuse
    out. Check if filament is melted.
    CAUTION: This fuse should always
    be disconnected before doing any
    maintenance under the hood. This
    is to prevent any unexpected electrical activation.
    _____________________
    43
    V800 Model
    FUSE
    DESCRIPTION
    LOCATION
    30 A Engine
    F1
    1A
    CAPS
    F2
    5A
    Instrumentation
    F3
    5A
    MPEM/fuel pump
    F4
    15 A PTO cylinder
    F5
    ENGINE COMPARTMENT — UNDERNEATH
    CONSOLE
    1. Fuse holder
    15 A MAG cylinder
    F6
    30 A Load
    F7
    600 Model
    5A
    F8
    mmo2008-001-018_a
    FUSE
    DESCRIPTION
    LOCATION
    20 A Load
    F1
    15 A Heaters
    F2
    15 A Instruments/rear light
    F3
    5A
    F4
    Start
    Fuse box
    (engine
    compartment)
    Relay/start button
    Rear power outlet/horn
    20 A
    (Skandic SWT)
    Alternator
    5A
    (Expedition TM TUV)
    F9
    F9
    15 A Cooler
    F10
    20 A Lighting (headlamp)
    F11
    20 A Secondary load
    F12
    30 A Engine
    F5
    5A
    F6
    Electric Fuel Level Gauge
    F7
    Expedition TUV
    Relays
    15 A Lighting (headlamp)
    See an authorized SKI-DOO dealer for
    fuse replacement.
    600 HO SDI Model
    FUSE
    DESCRIPTION
    LOCATION
    30 A Load
    F1
    5A
    CAPS
    F2
    15 A Instruments
    F3
    7.5 A MPEM/fuel pump
    F4
    5A
    PTO cylinder (injectors)
    F5
    5A
    MAG cylinder (injectors)
    F6
    30 A Load
    F7
    5A
    F8
    Relay/start button
    20 A Lighting (headlamp)
    F11
    20 A Heaters
    F12
    44
    Fuse box
    (engine
    compartment)
    Fuse Box
    To open fuse box push on cover tab
    and tilt cover. A fuse description decal
    is inside the cover.
    Fuse box
    (engine
    compartment)
    ______________________
    24) Front Grab Handles/
    Front Bumper
    600 Model
    To be used whenever front of snowmobile requires manual lifting.
     WARNING
    Do not attempt to lift the vehicle
    by hand alone. Use appropriate
    lifting device or have assistance
    to share lifting stress in order to
    avoid risk of strain injuries.
    mmo2008-001-023_a
    1. Fuse box
    2. Cover tab
    600 HO SDI Model
    1
    1
    A03H0KA
    TYPICAL
    1. Front grab handles
    CAUTION: Do not use skis to pull or
    lift snowmobile.
    A29E10A
    FUSE BOX
    1. Cover tab
    V800 Model
    V800 Model
    CAUTION: Do not lift snowmobile
    by the front bumper.
    25) Storage Compartment
     WARNING
    All storage compartments must be
    properly latched and they must not
    contain any heavy or breakable objects.
    A storage compartment is provided
    under seat. To open storage compartment, lift seat latch, then tip seat over.
    mmo2007-001-005_a
    1. Fuse box
    2. Cover tab
    _____________________
    45
    Your snowmobile is provided with a
    number of shields and guards. Leave
    these in place on your vehicle as they
    are designed to keep clothing and
    hands out of moving parts and away
    from hot components. Never attempt
    to make adjustments to any moving
    part while the engine is running.
    30) Windshield
    mmo2008-001-019_e
    TYPICAL
    1. Lift seat latch
    26) Rear Rack
     WARNING
    All objects in rear rack must be
    properly latched. Do not carry
    any breakable objects. Excessive
    weight in rack may reduce steering ability.
    CAUTION: Always readjust suspension according to the load. The capacity of this rack is limited. Ride
    at very low speed when loaded.
    Avoid speed over bumps.
    27) Tool Kit
    Windshield provides operator comfort, as well as protection by deflecting wind and snow away from the
    operator.
    31) Modular Seat
    This snowmobile can be converted into a snowmobile with one (1) seat only
    instead of two (2). This could be useful if you want to increase the cargo
    area.
    If necessary, backrest can also be removed to increase the cargo area. Refer to BACKREST.
     WARNING
    Never ride with a passenger without the backrest properly installed.
    A tool kit containing tools for basic
    maintenance is supplied with the vehicle under seat.
    28) Hitch
    The hitch can be used to pull most
    equipment. Use a rigid tow bar.
    29) Shields and Guards
     WARNING
    Never operate engine without belt
    guard securely installed or, with
    hood or access/side panels opened
    or removed.
    46
    mmo2008-001-019_a
    TYPICAL
    1. Passenger seat (removable)
    2. Driver seat
    To remove the passenger seat, lift seat
    latch, then tip driver seat over.
    ______________________
    Installation is the reverse of removal
    procedure. Pay attention to the following.
     WARNING
    Make sure that the passenger seat
    is locked securely in place before
    using the snowmobile.
    mmo2008-001-019_b
    TYPICAL
    1. Seat latch
    2. Tip driver seat over
    Slide the passenger seat forward, then
    lift to remove.
    mmo2008-001-019_d
    TYPICAL
    1. Passenger seat hooks
    32) Backrest
     WARNING
    mmo2008-001-019_c
    Never ride with a passenger without the backrest properly installed.
    TYPICAL
    Step 1: Slide seat forward
    Step 2: Lift seat to remove
    1. Passenger seat
    CAUTION: Take care to store the
    passenger seat properly to avoid
    any damages.
    Skandic SWT Only
    To remove backrest, remove retaining
    hardware on both sides.
     WARNING
    NEVER use the space left by removing the passenger seat to sit
    a passenger. The passenger could
    hurt his back or suffer other serious injuries due to his seating position.
     WARNING
    All objects in rear rack must be
    properly latched. Do not carry
    any breakable objects. Excessive
    weight in rack may reduce steering ability.
    mmo2008-001-020_a
    TYPICAL
    1. Retaining hardware
    _____________________
    47
    All Other Models
    To remove backrest, remove wing
    screw on both sides.
    Heated Grips Switch
    Three-position switch. Select the desired position to keep rear passenger's
    hands at a comfortable temperature.
    34) Tachometer
    Direct-reading dial indicates the number of thousand of revolutions per
    minute (RPM) of the engine.
    mmo2008-001-021_a
    1. Wing screw
    All Models
    CAUTION: Take care to store backrest properly to avoid any damages.
    A33E0AA
    33) Rear Grab Handles/
    Heated Grips Switch
    Expedition TUV
    TYPICAL — MULTIPLY THE READING
    BY 1000
    35) Electric Fuel Level
    Gauge
    Expedition TUV
    Dash-mounted gauge to facilitate fuel level reading. This gauge functions
    when engine is running.
    1
    mmo2007-001-018_a
    TYPICAL
    1. Left side passenger grab handle
    2. Heated grips switch
    Rear Grab Handles
    Rear grab handles provides a grip for
    the passenger.
    48
    2
    A32A26A
    TYPICAL
    1. Full
    2. Empty
    ______________________
    36) Temperature Gauge
    Expedition TUV
    The gauge indicates engine coolant
    temperature. The needle moves to
    the normal range as engine warms.
    Under all riding conditions, the needle
    should stay within this range. If needle moves into the overheat range,
    reduce snowmobile speed and run
    snowmobile in loose snow or stop
    engine immediately.
    A32A25B
    1
    2
    TYPICAL
    1. Full
    2. Empty
    2
    1
    A32A27A
    TYPICAL
    1. Normal
    2. Overheat
    37) Adjustable Mirrors
    Each mirror can be adjusted to suit
    driver's preference.
     WARNING
    Adjust with vehicle at rest in a safe
    place.
     WARNING
    Objects in mirror are closer than
    they appears.
    38) Mechanical Fuel
    Level Gauge
    All Models except Expedition
    TUV
    Located at rear of fuel tank cap, the
    gauge facilitates fuel level reading.
    _____________________
    49
    RECOMMENDED FUEL AND OIL
     WARNING
    Recommended Fuel
    Use regular unleaded gasoline, available from most service stations or oxygenated fuel containing a maximum
    total of 10% of ethanol or methanol
    or both. The gasoline used must have
    the following recommended minimum
    octane number.
    LOCATION
    OCTANE NUMBER
    Inside North
    America
    (87 (RON +
    MON)/2) (1)
    Outside North
    America
    (1)
    92 RON
    (1)
    This is the minimum octane number
    required, if not available, (91 (RON +
    MON)/2) or 95 RON (outside North
    America) can be used.
    CAUTION: Never experiment with
    other fuels or fuel ratios. The use
    of unrecommended fuel can result
    in snowmobile performance deterioration and damage to critical parts
    in the fuel system and engine components. Do not mistake oil reservoir cap for fuel tank cap. Oil reservoir cap is identified OIL.
    50
    Always stop the engine before refueling. Fuel is flammable and explosive under certain conditions.
    Always work in a well ventilated
    area. Do not smoke or allow open
    flames or sparks in the vicinity.
    Open cap slowly. If a differential pressure condition is noticed
    (whistling sound heard when loosening fuel tank cap) have vehicle
    inspected and/or repaired before
    further operation. Do not overfill or top off the fuel tank before
    placing the vehicle in a warm area.
    As temperature increases, fuel
    expands and might overflow. Always wipe off any fuel spillage
    from the vehicle. Periodically verify fuel system.
    Fuel System Antifreeze
    When using oxygenated fuel, additional gas line antifreeze or water
    absorbing additives are not required
    and should be not used.
    When using non-oxygenated fuel, we
    highly recommend the use of isopropyl base gas line antifreeze in a
    proportion of 150 mL (5 U.S. oz) of
    gas line antifreeze added to 40 liters
    (10-1/2 U.S. gal) of gas.
    This precaution is in order to reduce
    the risk of frost buildup in carburetors/
    throttle bodies which may lead, in certain cases, to high fuel consumption or
    severe damage to engine.
    NOTE: Use only methyl hydrate free
    gas line antifreeze.
    ______________________
    Recommended Oil
    550F/600/600 HO SDI
    Engine Type
    CAUTION: Use only injection oil
    that flows at - 40°C (- 40°F). Do not
    mismatch oil reservoir cap with
    fuel tank cap. Oil reservoir cap is
    identified OIL.
    Oil is contained in the injection oil
    reservoir.
    Use only two-stroke engine injection
    oil sold by authorized SKI-DOO dealers.
    ENGINE TYPE
    OIL TYPE
    550F and 600
    XP-STM mineral
    injection oil (2)
    600 HO SDI
    XP-S 2-stroke
    synthetic blend
    (1)
    CAUTION: (1) XP-S 2-stroke synthetic blend oil is specially formulated
    and tested for the severe requirements of this engine. Use of any
    other brand two-stroke oil may
    void the limited warranty. Use only XP-S 2-stroke synthetic blend.
    There is no known equivalent on
    the market for the moment. If a
    high quality equivalent were available, it could be used.
    (2) If XP-S mineral injection oil is not
    available, API TC high-quality low ash
    two-stroke injection oil may be used.
    XP-S mineral injection oil is a special
    blend of basic oil and additives specially selected to ensure unequalled lubrication, engine cleanliness and minimum spark plug fouling.
    The XP-S 2-stroke synthetic blend
    oil provides superior lubrication,
    reduced engine component wear
    and oil deposit, thus maintaining
    maximum-level performance and antifriction properties. These synthetic
    and synthetic blend injection oil meets
    the latest ASTM and JASO standards
    by ensuring high biodegradability and
    low exhaust smoke.
    CAUTION: Never use four-stroke
    petroleum or synthetic motor oil
    and never mix these with outboard motor oil. Do not use NMMA
    TC-W, TC-W2 or TC-W3 outboard
    two-stroke engine oils or ashless
    two-stroke engine oils. Avoid mixing different brands of API TC oil as
    resulting chemical reactions may
    cause severe engine damage.
    Always maintain a sufficient amount
    of recommended oil in the injection oil
    reservoir.
    CAUTION: Check level and refill every time you refuel. Do not mismatch oil reservoir cap with fuel
    tank cap. Install cap that is identified OIL.
     WARNING
    Do not overfill. Reinstall cap and
    fully tighten. Wipe off any oil
    spills. Oil is highly flammable.
    V800 Engine Type
    Use SAE 0W 40 synthetic-based oil
    that meets or exceeds the requirements for API service classification
    SM, SL or SJ. Always check the API
    service label certification on the oil
    container, it must contain at least one
    of the above standards.
    NOTE: This is the only recommended
    viscosity to ensure proper cold start
    and optimum engine protection at high
    RPM and temperature.
    _____________________
    51
    ENGINE
    TYPE
    OIL TYPE
    V800
    XP-S 0W40
    synthetic oil or an equivalent
    52
    ______________________
    BREAK-IN PERIOD
    Engine
    10-Hour Inspection
    CAUTION: A break-in period of
    10 operating hours — 500 km
    (300 miles) — is required before
    running the snowmobile at full
    throttle.
    During break-in period, maximum
    throttle should not exceed 3/4 opening. However, brief full acceleration
    and speed variations contribute to a
    good break-in.
    NOTE: The 10-hour inspection is at the
    expense of the snowmobile owner.
    As with any precision piece of mechanical equipment, we suggest that
    after the first 10 hours of operation —
    500 km (300 miles) — or 30 days after
    the purchase, whichever comes first,
    your snowmobile be checked by an authorized SKI-DOO dealer. This inspection will also give you the opportunity
    to discuss the unanswered questions
    you may have encountered during the
    first hours of operation.
    CAUTION: Engine overheating,
    continued wide open throttle runs
    and prolonged cruising without
    speed variations should be avoided, this can cause engine damage
    during the break-in period.
    550F and 600 Models
    To assure additional protection during
    the initial engine break-in, 500 mL
    (18 imp. oz) of recommended injection oil should be added to fuel for the
    first full filling of fuel tank. Have spark
    plugs cleaned after engine break-in.
    Belt
    All Models
    A new drive belt requires a break-in period of 50 km (30 miles). Avoid strong
    acceleration/deceleration, pulling a
    load or high speed cruising.
    _____________________
    53
    OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
     WARNING
    Pre-Operation Check
     WARNING
    The pre-operation check is very
    important prior to operating the
    vehicle. Always check the proper operation of critical controls,
    safety features and mechanical
    components before starting. If
    not done as specified here, severe
    injury or death might occur.
    – Remove snow and ice from body including seat, footrests, controls and
    instruments.
    – Lights — The headlamp, the taillight and the brake light are standard equipment. Be sure lights are
    clear of dirt, slush or snow and are
    in good working order or condition.
    – Verify that track and idler wheels
    are free to turn and not frozen.
     WARNING
    Always use a wide base snowmobile mechanical stand to properly
    support vehicle during any track
    verification. Slowly accelerate engine in order to rotate track at
    very low speed when it is not on
    ground.
    – Activate the brake control lever
    and make sure the brake fully applies before the brake control lever
    touches the handlebar grip. It must
    fully return when released.
    – Check the parking device. Apply
    parking brake and check if it operates properly.
    – Activate the throttle control lever
    several times to check that it operates easily and smoothly.
    54
    Throttle lever must operate easily and smoothly. It must return to
    idle position when released.
    – Check operation of tether cord
    cap (DESS key), engine cut-out
    switches, ignition switch, headlamp switch (HI-LO), taillight, brake
    light and pilot lamps.
    – Check gear shift lever position.
    – Verify that skis and steering operate
    freely. Check corresponding action
    of skis versus handlebar.
    – Check fuel and injection oil for
    levels and leaks. Replenish as
    necessary and see an authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer in case of any
    leaks.
    – Verify that air filter(s) is free of
    snow, if so equipped.
    – All storage compartments must be
    properly latched and they must not
    contain any heavy or breakable objects. Hood must also be properly
    latched.
     WARNING
    All adjustable features should be
    positioned at optimal setting. Securely tighten all adjustment locks.
    – Make certain your snowmobile is
    pointed away from people or objects before you start it. No one is
    to be standing in front of or in back
    of the snowmobile.
    – Be warmly dressed with clothing
    designed for snowmobiling.
    ______________________
    PRE-OPERATION CHECK LIST
    ITEM
    OPERATION
    Body including seat,
    footrests, lights, controls
    and instruments
    Check that there is no snow or ice.
    Track and idler wheels
    Check for free movement.
    Brake lever
    Check proper action.
    Parking device
    Check proper action.
    Throttle lever
    Check proper action.
    Switches and lights
    Check proper action. Tether cord must be
    attached to driver clothing eyelet.
    Skis and steering
    Check for free movement and proper action.
    Fuel and oil
    Check for proper level and leaks.
    Air filter
    Check that there is no snow or ice.
    Adjustable features
    Check for optimal adjustment and securely
    tightened adjustment locks.
    Storage compartment
    Check for proper latching and no heavy or
    breakable objects.
    Vehicle vicinity
    Snowmobile must be pointed away from people
    or objects. No one is to be standing in front of
    or in back of the snowmobile.
    Clothing
    Be warmly dressed according to weather
    forecast.
    SDI Engine Starting
    Procedure
    600 HO SDI Model
    General
    IMPORTANT:
    – If the low battery voltage pilot
    lamp is on, battery would not have
    enough power to start the engine.
    In this case, use the manual rewind
    starter.
    – If the battery is dead, engine cannot be started. Have the battery
    recharged or replaced.
    ✔
    Procedure
    – Recheck throttle control lever operation.
    – Ensure that the tether cord cap
    (DESS key) is in position and that
    the cord is attached to your clothing
    eyelet.
    – Ensure that the engine cut-out
    switch is in the ON position (up).
    Manual Starting
    – Grab rewind starter handle, pull
    handle slowly until a resistance is
    felt, then hold handle firmly and pull
    vigorously to start engine.
    _____________________
    55
     WARNING
    Do not apply throttle while starting.
    Electric Starting
    – Depressing the START button will
    engage the electric starter and start
    the engine.
    – Release button immediately when
    engine has started.
     WARNING
    Choke Application
    Initial Cold Starting When
    Temperature is Below - 10°C (+ 15°F)
    NOTE: Do not operate the throttle
    lever with the choke lever on.
    Set the choke lever to position 3.
    NOTE: After the engine is started,
    let engine warm up at fast idle until
    engine speed drops. Then, close off
    choke to ensure proper air-fuel mixture.
    1
    Do not apply throttle while starting.
    CAUTION: Do not engage electric
    starter for more than 10 seconds
    at a time. A rest period should be
    observed between the cranking cycles to allow electric starter to cool
    down. Using electric starter when
    engine has started could damage
    electric starter mechanism.
    NOTE: If for any reason, the engine
    cannot be started electrically, start engine manually using the rewind starter.
    Carburetor Engine
    Starting Procedure
    550F and 600 Models
    Procedure
    – Recheck throttle control lever operation.
    – Ensure that the tether cord cap
    (DESS key) is in position and that
    the cord is attached to your clothing
    eyelet.
    – Ensure that the engine cut-out
    switch is in the ON position (up).
    – On fan-cooled models, turn ignition key to ON position.
    – Activate the choke according to the
    temperature as explained below.
    56
    2
    A06H1KA
    3
    1. OFF
    2. Position 2
    3. Position 3
    Initial Cold Starting When
    Temperature is Above - 10°C
    (above + 15°F)
    Set the choke lever to position 2.
    NOTE: After the engine is started,
    close off choke to ensure proper
    air-fuel mixture.
    Warm Engine Starting
    Start the engine without any choke.
    If the engine will not start after two
    pulls of the rope or two 5 second attempts with the electric starter move
    choke lever to position 2. Start the
    engine without activating the throttle
    lever. As soon as the engine starts
    move the choke lever to OFF.
    Procedure (cont'd)
    Manual Starting
    – Grab rewind starter handle, pull
    handle slowly until a resistance is
    felt, then hold handle firmly and pull
    vigorously to start engine.
    ______________________
    – Ensure that the engine cut-out
    switch is in the ON position (up).
    Electric Starting
     WARNING
    Never depress throttle while starting engine.
    CAUTION: Do not engage electric
    starter for more than 10 seconds
    at a time. A rest period should be
    observed between the cranking cycles to allow electric starter to cool
    down. Using electric starter when
    engine has started could damage
    electric starter mechanism.
    550F Model
    – Turn key clockwise until starter engages.
    – Release key immediately when engine has started.
    NOTE: If for any reason, the engine
    cannot be started electrically, leave ignition key to ON position and start engine manually using the rewind starter.
    600, 600 HO SDI and V800
    Models
    – Depressing the START button will
    engage the electric starter and start
    the engine.
    – Release button immediately when
    engine has started.
    NOTE: If for any reason, the engine
    cannot be cranked electrically, start
    engine manually using the rewind
    starter.
    Engine Starting Procedure
    (4-stroke)
    V800 Model
    Procedure
    – Recheck throttle control lever operation.
    – Ensure that the tether cord cap
    (DESS key) is in position and that
    the cord is attached to your clothing
    eyelet.
    CAUTION: Do not engage electric
    starter for more than 10 seconds
    at a time. A rest period should be
    observed between the cranking cycles to allow electric starter to cool
    down. Using electric starter when
    engine has started could damage
    electric starter mechanism.
    – Depressing the START button will
    engage the electric starter and start
    the engine.
    – Release button immediately when
    engine has started.
    NOTE: If for any reason, the battery is
    dead, engine cannot be started. Have
    the battery recharged or replaced.
    Vehicle Warm-Up
    Before every ride, vehicle has to be
    warmed up as follows.
    Snowmobile must be securely supported by the rear bumper using a
    wide-base snowmobile mechanical
    stand. Track must be 100 mm (4 in)
    off the ground.
    Engage parking brake.
    Attach tether cord to operator's clothing eyelet.
    Start engine and allow it to warm up
    two or three minutes at idle speed.
    NOTE: Gearbox may be in neutral position.
    Disengage parking brake.
     WARNING
    Make sure wide-base snowmobile
    mechanical stand is stable. Stay
    clear of the front of vehicle and the
    track. Do not use too much throttle
    during warm-up or when track is
    free-hanging.
    _____________________
    57
    Apply throttle until drive pulley engages. Let track rotate at low speed
    for several turns. The lower the vehicle temperature, the longer the
    warm-up should be.
    Shut-off the engine and remove the
    wide-base snowmobile mechanical
    stand.
    Skis may be frozen on the ground.
    Grab both skis one at a time by their
    loops and lift their front end slightly off
    the ground.
    After restarting engine, the vehicle can
    be driven at low speed for the first 2 or
    3 minutes of riding. After that, it may
    be driven up to the legal speed limit as
    per normal safety practices.
    Shutting Off the Engine
    Release throttle lever and wait until
    engine has returned to idle speed.
    Shut off the engine using either ignition switch, engine cut-out switch
    or tether cord cap (DESS key) engine
    cut-out switch.
     WARNING
    Always remove tether cord cap
    (DESS key) and ignition key when
    vehicle is not in operation in order
    to prevent accidental engine starting or to avoid unauthorized use
    by children or others or theft.
    Post-Operation Care
    Shut off the engine. Install rear of vehicle on a wide-base snowmobile mechanical stand.
    Remove snow and ice from rear
    suspension, track, front suspension,
    steering mechanism and skis.
    Always cover your snowmobile when
    leaving it outside overnight or during
    extended periods of inactivity. This
    will protect it from frost and snow as
    well as help retain its appearance.
    58
    ______________________
    SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
    Riding at High Altitudes
    CAUTION: Failure to re-calibrate
    may cause serious engine damage.
    If you ride at altitudes above 600 m
    (2000 ft), your snowmobile should
    be modified. Refer to an authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer.
    A07D0UA
    CAUTION: Do not change original
    factory calibration if snowmobile is
    used below 600 m (2000 ft).
    Riding in Cold Weather
    Attach one end of emergency rope to
    rewind handle.
    NOTE: The spark plug socket can be
    used as an emergency handle.
    550F and 600 Models
    All vehicles have been calibrated for
    - 20°C (- 4°F). They can be operated at
    warmer winter temperatures without
    risk of problems.
    CAUTION: For colder temperatures
    than - 20°C (- 4°F), carburetor(s)
    must be recalibrated to avoid engine damage. Refer to an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    Emergency Starting
    All Models except V800
    The engine can be started with the
    emergency starter rope supplied with
    the tool kit.
    Remove belt guard.
    A17B01A
    TYPICAL
    Attach the other end of emergency
    rope to the starter clip supplied in the
    tool kit.
    Hook up clip on drive pulley.
    Wind the rope tightly around drive pulley. When pulled, pulley must rotate
    counterclockwise.
     WARNING
    Do not wind starting rope around
    your hand. Hold rope by the handle only. Do not start the snowmobile by the drive pulley unless it is
    a true emergency situation. Have
    the snowmobile repaired as soon
    as possible.
    1
    A19D13A
    TYPICAL
    1. Clip
    _____________________
    59
    Ensure engine cut-out switch is in ON
    position (up), ignition switch turned to
    ON position (if applicable) and tether
    cord cap (DESS key) is on its post.
    Choke as necessary (if applicable).
    Pull the rope using a sharp, crisp pull
    so the rope comes free of the drive
    pulley.
    Start engine as per usual manual starting.
     WARNING
    When starting the snowmobile
    in an emergency situation, using
    drive pulley, do not reinstall the
    belt guard and return slowly to
    have snowmobile repaired.
    Towing an Accessory
    Always use a rigid towbar to tow an accessory. Any towed accessory should
    have reflectors on both sides and at
    the rear. Check local laws for brake
    light(s) requirements.
    
    WARNING
    Never tow an accessory with a
    rope. Always use a rigid towbar.
    Using a rope would result in a collision between the object and the
    snowmobile and possibly in a tip
    over in case of a rapid deceleration
    or on a downward slope.
    Towing Another
    Snowmobile
    If a snowmobile is disabled and must
    be towed use a rigid towbar, remove
    the drive belt from disabled snowmobile and tow at moderate speed.
    CAUTION: Always remove the drive
    belt of the snowmobile that is to be
    towed to prevent damage to its belt
    and drive system.
    60
    In an emergency situation only, if a
    rigid towbar is not available, a rope can
    be used provided you proceed with
    extra caution. (In some areas, it may
    be illegal to do so. Check with state
    or local authorities).
    Remove the drive belt, attach the rope
    to the ski legs (spindles), have someone sit on the towed snowmobile to
    activate the brake, and tow at low
    speed.
    CAUTION: In order to prevent damage to the steering system, never
    attach the tow rope to the ski loops
    (handles).
     WARNING
    Never ride at high speed when
    towing a disabled snowmobile.
    Proceed slowly with extra caution.
    Towing an Heavy Load
    at Low Speed
    V800 Models Only
    CAUTION: When towing an heavy
    load at low speed, engine compartment temperature may become hot
    due to a lack of air circulation.
    To reduce engine compartment
    temperature when stopping the vehicle, it is always a good practice
    before removing the tether cord
    cap (DESS key) to do the following:
    – let engine idle for approximately
    30 seconds
    – stop engine using the engine cutout switch
    – engine cooling fan should continue to work for approximately 30
    to 45 seconds
    – when engine cooling fan stops,
    remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key).
    NOTE: Removing tether cord cap
    (DESS key) will stop engine cooling
    fan automatically.
    ______________________
    Transporting the Vehicle
    Make sure that oil reservoir and fuel
    tank caps are properly installed.
    Tilt bed trailers can easily be equipped
    with a winch mechanism to afford
    maximum safety in loading. Simple
    as it may seem, never drive your
    snowmobile onto a tilt bed trailer or
    any other kind of trailer or vehicle.
    Many serious accidents have resulted from driving up and over a trailer.
    Anchor your vehicle securely, front
    and rear, even on short hauls. Be
    certain all equipment is securely fastened. Cover your snowmobile when
    trailering to prevent road grime from
    causing damage.
    Be certain your trailer meets state or
    provincial requirements. Ensure the
    hitch and safety chains are secure and
    the brake, turn indicators and clearance lights all function.
    _____________________
    61
    SUSPENSION ADJUSTMENTS
    Snowmobile handling and comfort depends on suspension adjustments.
    Choice of suspension adjustments
    vary with carrying load, driver's
    weight, personal preference, riding
    speed and field condition.
    NOTE: Some adjustments may not apply to your snowmobile. Use special
    keys in tool kit.
    The following is to fine-tune suspension.
    The best way to set up a suspension,
    is to start from factory settings, then
    customize each adjustment one at a
    time. Adjustments 2 through 6 are
    interrelated. It may be necessary to
    readjust center spring after adjusting
    front springs for instance. Test run
    the snowmobile under the same conditions; trail, speed, snow, driver riding
    position, etc. Change one adjustment
    and retest. Proceed methodically until you are satisfied.
     WARNING
    mmo2008-001-004_a
    Do not attempt to lift the vehicle
    by hand alone. Use appropriate
    lifting device or have assistance
    to share lifting stress in order to
    avoid risk of strain injuries.
     WARNING
    mmo2008-001-002_a
    TYPICAL — REAR SUSPENSION
    1. Rear spring(s) — comfort and ride height
    2. Suspended extension — reverse
    performance, load and snow conditions
    3. Shackle movement — reverse performance,
    load and snow conditions
    4. Center spring — handling
    5. Stopper strap — snowmobile weight
    transfer
    Always remove tether cord cap
    (DESS key) before performing any
    maintenance or adjustment, unless otherwise specified. Vehicle
    must be parked in a safe place,
    away from the trail. Always lift
    the front of vehicle off the ground
    with a suitable lifting device before
    adjusting ski suspension. Lift the
    rear of vehicle off the ground with
    a suitable lifting device before rear
    suspension adjustment.
    CAUTION: Whenever adjusting
    rear suspension, check track tension and adjust as necessary.
    Slight suspension bottoming occurring
    under the worst riding conditions indicates a good choice of spring preload.
    mmo2008-001-003_a
    TYPICAL — FRONT SUSPENSION
    1. Front shock — handling
    62
    ______________________
    1. Rear Springs —
    Comfort
    REAR SPRINGS ADJUSTMENT
    IMPORTANT: Make sure that all objects to be transported are in place in
    rear rack and under the seat.
    – Grab rear bumper and lift until suspension is fully extended.
    – From this point, rear of snowmobile
    should collapse by 50 to 75 mm (2
    to 3 in) when driver, passenger (if so
    applicable) and load take place.
    – Measure at rear bumper as shown
    in next illustration.
     WARNING
    CAUSE
    SOLUTION
    50 to 75 mm
    (2 to 3 in)
    No adjustment required
    More than
    75 mm (3 in)
    Adjusted
    too soft
    Increase
    preload
    (see preload
    adjustment)
    Less than
    50 mm (2 in)
    Adjusted
    too hard
    Decrease
    preload
    (see preload
    adjustment)
    Increase Spring Preload
    Do not attempt to lift the vehicle
    by hand alone. Use appropriate
    lifting device or have assistance
    to share lifting stress in order to
    avoid risk of strain injuries.
    Rear Springs Adjustment
    C
    B
    ”C”
    Skandic SWT/WT Only
    CAUTION: To increase preload, always turn the left side adjustment
    cam in a clockwise direction, and
    the right side cam in a counterclockwise direction. Left and right adjustment cams may be at different
    settings.
    A
    mmo2006-003-022_a
    TYPICAL — PROPER ADJUSTMENT
    A. Suspension fully extended
    B. Suspension has collapse with driver,
    passenger and load added
    C. Distance between dimension A and B, must
    not exceed 50 to 75 mm (2 to 3 in), see table
    mmo2008-001-006_a
    TYPICAL
    1. Adjustment cam
    2. Turn to increase spring preload
    Skandic SUV/Expedition TUV
    Only
    From the lowest position, turn adjuster to select highest position, then
    turn adjuster to the desired position.
    _____________________
    63
    mmo2008-001-005_a
    mmo2008-001-005_a
    TYPICAL
    1. Pull on handle
    2. Turn to increase spring preload
    TYPICAL
    1. Pull on handle
    2. Turn to decrease spring preload
    Decrease Spring Preload
    2. Suspended Extension
    Adjustment
    Skandic SWT/WT Only
    CAUTION: To decrease preload,
    always turn the left side adjustment cam in a counterclockwise
    direction, the right side cam in a
    clockwise direction. Left and right
    adjustment cams may be at different settings.
    Suspended extension can be adjusted
    according to the load and snow conditions.
    For better deep snow performance
    or to increase reverse performance in
    deep snow, first loosen lock nut, then
    tighten nut 3/4 turn after contacting
    washers. Retighten lock nut. Adjust
    the same on both sides.
    For trail riding with a load or for pulling
    a load, first loosen lock nut. Turn to a
    maximum preload of 3 turns after nut
    touching washers. Retighten lock nut.
    Adjust the same on both sides.
    mmo2008-001-006_a
    1. Pull on handle
    2. Turn to decrease spring preload
    Skandic SUV/Expedition TUV
    Only
    From the highest position, turn adjuster to select lowest position, then
    turn adjuster to the desired position.
    64
    mmo2008-001-007_a
    TYPICAL
    1. Lock nut
    2. Nut
    3. Washers
    ______________________
    3. Shackle Movement
    Limiter
    CENTER SPRING ADJUSTMENT
    For deep snow riding, do not install
    horse shoe washers.
    For trail riding with passenger and/or
    weight, install 1 horse shoe washer
    under each rubber stoppers.
    For trail riding with heavy load and/or
    pulling a load, use 2 horse shoe washers under each rubber stoppers.
    CAUTION: Always install same
    amount of washers on both sides.
    HANDLEBAR
    (steering
    attitude)
    PROBLEM SOLUTION
    Easy to turn
    (neutral)
    No adjustment required
    Harder to turn
    (oversteering)
    Adjusted
    too soft
    Increase
    preload
    Very easy
    to turn
    (understeering)
    Adjusted
    too hard
    Decrease
    preload
    Increase Spring Preload
    1
    mmo2008-001-008_a
    TYPICAL
    1. Rubber stopper
    2. Horse shoe washer(s)
    A29F0DA
    4. Center Spring —
    Steering Behavior
    1. Use adjuster wrench provided in tool kit to
    increase preload
    Skandic SUV/Expedition TUV
    Only
    Decrease Spring Preload
    – Ride at moderate speed on a trail.
    – If handlebar seems too easy or too
    hard to turn, adjust center spring
    accordingly.
    1
     WARNING
    Before proceeding with any suspension adjustment, remember:
    – Park in a safe place.
    – Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key).
    – Lift rear of vehicle off the
    ground with suitable lifting device.
    – Make sure lifting device is stable
    and secure.
    A29F0DB
    1. Use adjuster wrench provided in tool kit to
    decrease preload
    _____________________
    65
    5. Stopper Strap —
    Weight Transfer
    Strap Length Adjustment
    – Ride at low speed, then fully accelerate.
    – Note steering behavior.
    – Adjust stopper strap length accordingly.
    Skandic WT/SWT
    1
    CAUTION: Whenever stopper strap
    length is changed, track tension
    must be readjusted.
     WARNING
    Before proceeding with any suspension adjustment, remember:
    – Park in a safe place.
    – Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key).
    – Lift rear of vehicle off the
    ground with suitable lifting device.
    – Make sure lifting device is stable
    and secure.
    A29F06B
    1. Screw or unscrew knob to vary strap length
    Skandic SUV/Expedition TUV
    1
    STOPPER STRAP
    WEIGHT TRANSFER
    ADJUSTMENTS
    STEERING
    TRACK
    (skis)
    PROBLEM SOLUTION
    Comfortable
    Good weight
    transfer
    (light pressure)
    No adjustment required
    Light
    Too much
    weight transfer
    (lift off the
    ground)
    Strap too
    long
    Reduce
    strap
    length
    Heavy
    Not enough
    weight transfer
    (heavy pressure)
    Strap too
    short
    Increase
    strap
    length
    66
    A29F0FA
    1. Bolt stopper strap to a different hole
    6. Front Suspension
    Springs — Handling
    – Ride at moderate speed and check
    for proper handling.
    – Adjust front springs accordingly.
    ______________________
     WARNING
    Decrease Spring Preload
    Before proceeding with any suspension adjustment, remember:
    – Park in a safe place.
    – Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key).
    – Lift rear of vehicle off the
    ground with suitable lifting device.
    – Make sure lifting device is stable
    and secure.
     WARNING
    1
    A29F0EB
    Always adjust both front springs to
    same position.
    1. Decrease spring preload
    FRONT SPRINGS ADJUSTMENT
    HANDLING
    (steering)
    Good
    (comfortable)
    PROBLEM
    SOLUTION
    No adjustment required
    Bad
    (too easy to turn)
    Adjustment
    too soft
    Increase spring
    preload
    Bad
    (hard to turn)
    Adjustment
    too hard
    Decrease
    spring preload
    Increase Spring Preaload
    1
    A29F0EA
    1. Increase spring preload
    _____________________
    67
    SUSPENSION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
    PROBLEM
    CORRECTIVE MEASURES
    Front suspension
    wandering
    – Check ski alignment and camber angle adjustment.
    – See an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    – Reduce ski ground pressure.
    • Reduce front suspension spring preload.
    • Increase center spring preload.
    • Reduce rear spring preload.
    Snowmobile seems
    unstable and seems to
    pivot around its center
    – Reduce rear suspension front arm pressure.
    • Reduce center spring preload.
    • Increase rear spring preload.
    • Increase front suspension spring preload.
    Steering feels too
    heavy
    – Reduce ski ground pressure.
    • Reduce front suspension spring preload.
    • Increase center spring preload.
    Rear of snowmobile
    seems too stiff
    – Reduce rear spring preload.
    Rear of snowmobile
    seems too soft
    – Increase rear spring preload.
    Rear suspension front
    shock absorber is
    frequently bottoming
    – Lengthen stopper strap.
    – Increase center spring preload.
    Track spins too much at
    start
    – Lengthen stopper strap.
    – Change driving position.
    In Deep Snow
    When operating the snowmobile in deep snow, it may be necessary to vary extension adjustment, stopper strap and/or riding position, to change the angle at
    which the track rides on the snow. Operator's familiarity with the various adjustments as well as snow conditions will dictate the most efficient combination.
    68
    ______________________
    TROUBLESHOOTING
    ENGINE OVERHEATING (fan cooled)
    1. Engine is too hot, shut off the engine.
    – Check for clogged air duct passages. Remove any foreign materials.
    Check for proper fan belt condition and tension. See an authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer.
    ENGINE OVERHEATING (liquid cooled)
    1. Engine overheating pilot lamp will light up if engine is too hot.
    – Reduce snowmobile speed and run snowmobile in loose snow or stop engine immediately.
    – Check for adequate coolant level. See an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    FUEL FLOODED ENGINE
    1. Never depress throttle while starting engine, even if flooded with gas.
    – Install new spark plugs and restart engine.
    REAR SUSPENSION SLIDER SHOE STICKING
    1. Slider shoes are cooled and lubricated by snow. When riding at moderate
    or high speed on a thin-snow-covered surface, slider shoes may stick on
    metallic track guides.
    – Run snowmobile on a surface covered by snow or drive snowmobile at very
    slow speed.
    – Have slider shoes inspected by an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    ENGINE CRANKS BUT FAILS TO START
    1. Ignition switch or engine cut-out switch is in OFF position or tether cord
    cap (DESS key) away from its post.
    – Place engine cut-out switch in the ON position (up) and install tether cord
    cap (DESS key) on its post.
    2. Mixture not rich enough to start cold engine.
    – Check fuel tank level and check starting procedure, particularly use of the
    choke.
    3. Flooded engine (spark plug wet when removed).
    – Do not choke. Remove wet spark plug, turn ignition switch or engine cutout switch to OFF position and crank engine several times. Install clean
    dry spark plug. Start engine following usual starting procedure. If engine
    continues to flood, see an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    4. No fuel to the engine (spark plug dry when removed).
    – Check fuel tank level; check fuel filter; replace if clogged; check condition
    of fuel and impulse lines and their connections. A failure of the fuel pump,
    throttle body or carburetor has occurred. Contact an authorized SKI-DOO
    dealer.
    _____________________
    69
    ENGINE CRANKS BUT FAILS TO START (cont’d)
    5. Spark plug/ignition (no spark).
    – Remove spark plug(s), then reconnect to spark cap. Check that engine cutout switch is at the ON position (up) and the tether cord cap (DESS key)
    on its post. Start engine with spark plug(s) grounded to engine away from
    spark plug hole. If no spark appears, replace spark plug. If trouble persists,
    contact an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    6. Engine compression.
    – As the engine is pulled over with the rewind starter, “cycles” of resistance
    should be felt as piston goes past top dead center (each piston on multicylinder engines). If no pulsating resistance is felt, it suggests a major loss
    of compression. Contact an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    ENGINE LACKS ACCELERATION OR POWER
    1. DESS did not read tether cord cap (DESS key) code. DESS pilot lamp
    blinks once every 1.5 seconds. Engine can not exceed 3000 RPM.
    – Properly install tether cord cap (DESS key).
    2. DESS has read a different tether cord cap (DESS key) code than the one
    programmed. DESS pilot lamp blinks rapidly (3 times per second). Engine can not exceed 3000 RPM.
    – Install a tether cord cap (DESS key) for which this snowmobile was programmed.
    3. Fouled or defective spark plug.
    – Check item 5 of ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START.
    4. Lack of fuel to engine.
    – Check item 4 of ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START.
    5. Carburetor adjustments.
    – Contact an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    6. Drive belt worn too thin.
    – If the drive belt has lost more than 3 mm (1/8 in) of its original width, it will
    affect vehicle performance. Replace drive belt.
    7. Drive and driven pulleys require servicing.
    – Contact an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    8. Engine is overheating.
    – On liquid cooled engines, check coolant level, pressure cap, thermostat and
    for air locks in cooling system. On fan cooled engines, check fan belt and
    its tension; clean cooling fins of engine; if overheating persists, contact an
    authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    ENGINE BACKFIRES
    1. DESS did not read tether cord cap (DESS key) code. DESS pilot lamp
    blinks once every 1.5 seconds. Engine can not exceed 3000 RPM.
    – Properly install tether cord cap (DESS key).
    70
    ______________________
    ENGINE BACKFIRES (cont’d)
    2. DESS has read a different tether cord cap (DESS key) code than the one
    programmed. DESS pilot lamp blinks rapidly (3 times per second). Engine can not exceed 3000 RPM.
    – Install a tether cord cap (DESS key) for which this snowmobile was programmed.
    3. Faulty spark plug (carbon accumulation).
    – See item 5 of ENGINE TURNS OVER BUT FAILS TO START.
    4. Engine is running too hot.
    – See item 6 of ENGINE LACKS ACCELERATION OR POWER.
    5. Ignition timing is incorrect or there is an ignition system failure.
    – Contact an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    ENGINE MISFIRES
    1. DESS did not read tether cord cap (DESS key) code. DESS pilot lamp
    blinks once every 1.5 seconds. Engine can not exceed 3000 RPM.
    – Properly install tether cord cap (DESS key).
    2. DESS has read a different tether cord cap (DESS key) code than the one
    programmed. DESS pilot lamp blinks rapidly (3 times per second). Engine can not exceed 3000 RPM.
    – Install a tether cord cap (DESS key) for which this snowmobile was programmed.
    3. Fouled/defective/worn spark plugs.
    – Clean/verify spark plug gap and identification number. Replace as required.
    4. Too much oil supplied to engine (2-stroke).
    – Improper oil pump adjustment, refer to an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    5. Water in fuel.
    – Drain fuel system and refill with fresh fuel.
    SNOWMOBILE CANNOT REACH FULL SPEED
    1. DESS did not read tether cord cap (DESS key) code. DESS pilot lamp
    blinks once every 1.5 seconds. Engine can not exceed 3000 RPM.
    – Properly install tether cord cap (DESS key).
    2. DESS has read a different tether cord cap (DESS key) code than the one
    programmed. DESS pilot lamp blinks rapidly (3 times per second). Engine can not exceed 3000 RPM.
    – Install a tether cord cap (DESS key) for which this snowmobile was programmed.
    3. Drive belt.
    – Check item 6 of ENGINE LACKS ACCELERATION OR POWER.
    4. Incorrect track adjustment.
    – See MAINTENANCE and/or an authorized SKI-DOO dealer for proper alignment and tension adjustments.
    5. Pulleys misaligned.
    – Contact an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    _____________________
    71
    SNOWMOBILE CANNOT REACH FULL SPEED (cont’d)
    6. Engine.
    – See items 1, 2, 6 and 7 of ENGINE LACKS ACCELERATION OR POWER.
    Engine Management System (EMS) Faults
    NOTE: For any fault code not listed below, refer to an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    600 HO SDI Model
    2 SHORT BEEPS PER MINUTE.
    1. Low battery voltage.
    – Check battery and charging system.
    2 SHORT BEEPS PER MINUTE AND DESS PILOT LAMP BLINKS.
    1. High battery voltage.
    – Check battery and charging system.
    DESS PILOT LAMP BLINKS.
    1. Engine Management System (EMS) fault code.
    – See an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    V800 Model
    ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PILOT LAMP BLINKS.
    1. Engine Management System (EMS) fault code.
    – See an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PILOT LAMP BLINKS AND 2 SECOND
    BEEP EVERY 15 MINUTES.
    1. Low or high battery voltage.
    – Check battery and charging system.
    72
    ______________________
    SPECIFICATIONS
    SKANDIC WT/SUV/SWT
    MODEL
    550F
    ENGINE
    552
    Engine type
    2
    Number of cylinder
    Bore
    mm (in)
    76 (2.992)
    Stroke
    mm (in)
    61.00 (2.402)
    Displacement
    cm³ (in³)
    553.40 (33.771)
    Maximum horsepower RPM
    ± 100 RPM
    6900
    COOLING SYSTEM
    Type
    Axial fan belt adjustment
    Fan
    Deflection
    mm (in)
    9.5 ± 1.5 (.37 ± .06)
    Force
    kgf (lbf)
    5.0 (11.0)
    LUBRICATION SYSTEM
    Type
    Injection oil
    Quantity
    XP-S mineral injection oil
    L (U.S. oz)
    2.5 (84.5)
    FUEL SYSTEM
    Gas type
    Pump octane number
    Fuel tank capacity
    Gas/oil ratio
    Unleaded
    Inside North America ((R+M)/2)
    87 or higher
    Outside North America (RON)
    92 or higher
    L (U.S. gal)
    42 (11.1)
    Injection
    _____________________
    73
    SKANDIC WT/SUV/SWT
    MODEL
    550F
    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
    Magneto generator output
    340 W @ 6000 RPM
    Ignition type
    CDI by Ducati
    Make and type
    Spark plug
    Gap
    NGK BR9ES
    mm (in)
    Battery
    0.40 to 0.60 (.016 to .024)
    12 V, 18 A•h
    Headlamp
    W
    60/55 (H4)
    Taillight and stoplight
    W
    8/27
    Fuse
    Refer to FUSES section
    DRIVE SYSTEM
    Type
    XP-S synthetic chaincase oil
    Gearbox oil
    Quantity
    SWT
    Gear ratio
    Others
    mL (U.S. oz)
    1st
    1 : 3.80
    2nd
    1 : 2.29
    R
    1 : 4.63
    1st
    1 : 2.93
    2nd
    1 : 2.04
    R
    1 : 3.57
    Drive pulley type
    Drive pulley calibration
    Bombardier Lite
    Clutch
    engagement
    ± 100 RPM
    Driven pulley type
    Drive belt adjustment
    74
    2500
    6-K VSA
    Drive belt
    Drive belt
    500 (16.9)
    P/N
    605 348 425
    (3)
    Width
    mm (in)
    37.3 (1.469)
    Wear limit
    mm (in)
    35.8 (1.409)
    Deflection
    mm (in)
    32 ± 5 (1.260 ± .197)
    Force
    kgf (lbf)
    11.34 (25)
    ______________________
    SKANDIC WT/SUV/SWT
    MODEL
    550F
    DRIVE SYSTEM (cont'd)
    Width
    Track
    WT
    mm (in)
    500 (20)
    SWT
    mm (in)
    600 (24)
    SUV
    mm (in)
    500 (20)
    Length
    Track adjustment
    m (in)
    3.968 (156)
    Profile height
    mm (in)
    31.8 (1.25)
    Deflection (1)
    mm (in)
    40 to 50 (1.181 to 1.378)
    Force
    kgf (lbf)
    7.3 (16)
    (1)
    (2)
    Alignment
    BRAKE SYSTEM
    Brake lining thickness
    Brake fluid
    Service limit
    mm (in)
    Type
    1 (.039)
    DOT 4
    Quantity
    mL (U.S. oz)
    60 (2.0)
    SUSPENSION
    FRONT
    Suspension type
    SUV
    SUV
    WT/SWT
    LTS
    Suspension maximum travel
    mm (in)
    Shock absorber type
    151 (5.95)
    Hydraulic
    REAR
    WT/SWT
    Suspension type
    Easy ride WLS
    SUV
    Suspension maximum travel
    Center
    Shock absorber type
    Rear
    RCG1-W
    WT/SWT
    mm (in)
    210 (8.23)
    SUV
    mm (in)
    290 (11.42)
    WT/SWT
    —
    SUV
    Gas
    WT/SWT
    Gas
    SUV
    HPG
    _____________________
    75
    SKANDIC WT/SUV/SWT
    MODEL
    550F
    STEERING SYSTEM
    Ski type
    ADJ
    Toe-out
    mm (in)
    Camber
    5 (.197)
    0°
    VEHICLE INFORMATIONS
    WT
    kg lb
    285 (628.3)
    SWT
    kg lb
    302 (665.8)
    SUV
    kg lb
    300 (661.4)
    WT
    m (in)
    3.06 (120)
    SWT
    m (in)
    3.06 (120)
    SUV
    m (in)
    3.06 (120)
    Width
    m (in)
    1.08 (42.5)
    Height
    m (in)
    1.3 (51)
    SUV
    mm (in)
    985 (38.8)
    WT/SWT
    mm (in)
    900 (35.4)
    Mass (dry)
    Length
    Ski stance (carbide to carbide)
    (1)
    Measure gap between slider shoe and bottom inside of track when exerting a downward pull to the track.
    (2)
    Equal distance between edges of track guides and slider shoes.
    (3)
    Drive belt height must be adjusted every time a new drive belt is installed. Confirm drive belt part number
    application with an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    76
    ______________________
    SKANDIC WT
    MODEL
    600
    ENGINE
    Engine type
    593
    2
    Number of cylinder
    Bore
    mm (in)
    76 (2.992)
    Stroke
    mm (in)
    65.8 (2.591)
    Displacement
    cm³ (in³)
    597 (36.43)
    Maximum horsepower RPM
    ± 100 RPM
    7000
    COOLING SYSTEM
    Coolant
    Ethyl glycol and distilled water
    (50%/ 50%). Use premix coolant
    from BRP (P/N 219 700 362) or
    coolant specifically formulated
    for aluminum engines
    Type
    Quantity
    L (U.S. gal.)
    4.9 (1.29)
    LUBRICATION SYSTEM
    Injection oil
    Type
    XP-S mineral injection oil
    Quantity
    L (U.S. oz)
    3.5 (118)
    FUEL SYSTEM
    Gas type
    Pump octane number
    Unleaded
    Inside North America ((R+M)/2)
    87 or higher
    Outside North America (RON)
    92 or higher
    Fuel tank capacity
    L (U.S. gal)
    Gas/oil ratio
    42 (11.1)
    Injection
    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
    Magneto generator output
    W
    Ignition type
    Spark plug
    360 @ 6000 RPM
    C.D.I. by Denso
    Make and type
    Gap
    NGK BR9ECS
    mm (in)
    Battery
    0.40 to 0.50 (.016 to .020)
    12 V, 18 A•h (with electric starter)
    Headlamp
    W
    60/55 (H4)
    Taillight and stoplight
    W
    8/27
    Fuse
    Refer to FUSES section
    _____________________
    77
    SKANDIC WT
    MODEL
    600
    DRIVE SYSTEM
    Gearbox oil
    Type
    Quantity
    XP-S synthetic chaincase oil
    mL (U.S. oz)
    1st
    Gear ratio
    1 : 2.82
    2nd
    1 : 1.70
    R
    1 : 3.44
    Drive pulley type
    Drive pulley calibration
    TRA III
    Clutch engagement
    2700 ± 100 RPM
    Driven pulley type
    6-K VSA
    Drive belt
    Drive belt
    Drive belt adjustment
    Track
    Track adjustment
    500 (16.9)
    P/N
    605 348 425
    Width
    mm (in)
    37.3 (1.469)
    Wear limit
    mm (in)
    35.8 (1.409)
    Deflection
    mm (in)
    40 to 50 (1.575 to 1.969)
    Force
    kgf (lbf)
    11.30 (24.91)
    Width
    mm (in)
    Length
    m (in)
    3.968 (156)
    Profile height
    mm (in)
    31.8 (1.25)
    Deflection (1)
    mm (in)
    40 to 50 (1.575 to 1.969)
    Force (1)
    kgf (lbf)
    7.3 (16)
    500 (20)
    (2)
    Alignment
    BRAKE SYSTEM
    Brake lining thickness
    Brake fluid
    78
    (3)
    Service limit
    mm (in)
    Type
    Quantity
    1 (.039)
    DOT 4
    mL (U.S. oz)
    ______________________
    60 (2.0)
    SKANDIC WT
    MODEL
    600
    SUSPENSION
    FRONT
    Suspension type
    LTS
    Suspension maximum travel
    mm (in)
    Shock absorber type
    151 (6)
    Hydraulic
    REAR
    Suspension type
    Easy ride WLS
    Suspension maximum travel
    Shock absorber type
    mm (in)
    210 (8.3)
    —
    Center
    Rear
    Sealed 36
    STEERING SYSTEM
    Ski type
    Toe-out
    ADJ
    mm (in)
    5 (.197)
    0°
    Camber
    VEHICLE INFORMATIONS
    Mass (dry)
    kg (lb)
    304 (670)
    Length
    m (in)
    3.06 (120)
    Width
    m (in)
    1.08 (42.5)
    Height
    m (in)
    1.30 (51)
    mm (in)
    900 (35.4)
    Ski stance (carbide to carbide)
    (1)
    (2)
    (3)
    Measure gap between slider shoe and bottom inside of track when exerting a downward pull
    to the track.
    Equal distance between edges of track guides and slider shoes.
    Drive belt height must be adjusted every time a new drive belt is installed. Confirm drive belt
    part number application with an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    _____________________
    79
    EXPEDITION TUV/
    SKANDIC SUV
    MODEL
    600 HO SDI
    ENGINE
    Engine type
    593 HO SDI
    2
    Number of cylinder
    Bore
    mm (in)
    72 (2.835)
    Stroke
    mm (in)
    73 (2.874)
    Displacement
    cm³ (in³)
    594.40 (36.273)
    Maximum horsepower RPM
    ± 100 RPM
    8000
    COOLING SYSTEM
    Coolant
    Ethyl glycol and distilled
    water (50%/ 50%). Use
    premix coolant from BRP
    (P/N 219 700 362) or coolant
    specifically formulated for
    aluminum engines
    Type
    Quantity
    L (U.S. gal.)
    4.5 (1.2)
    LUBRICATION SYSTEM
    Injection oil
    Type
    Quantity
    XP-S 2-stroke synthetic blend
    L (U.S. oz)
    2.5 (84.5)
    FUEL SYSTEM
    Gas type
    Pump octane number
    Unleaded
    Inside North America ((R+M)/2)
    87 or higher
    Outside North America (RON)
    92 or higher
    Fuel tank capacity
    L (U.S. gal)
    Gas/oil ratio
    42 (11.1)
    Injection
    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
    Magneto generator output
    W
    Ignition type
    Spark plug
    Inductive by BOSCH
    Make and type
    Gap
    NGK BR8ECS
    mm (in)
    Battery
    W
    Taillight and stoplight
    W
    Fuse
    0.85 (.033)
    12 V, 18 A•h
    Headlamp
    80
    480 @ 6000 RPM
    60/55 (H4)
    8/27
    Refer to FUSES section
    ______________________
    EXPEDITION TUV/
    SKANDIC SUV
    MODEL
    600 HO SDI
    DRIVE SYSTEM
    Gearbox oil
    Gear ratio
    Type
    Quantity
    XP-S synthetic chaincase oil
    mL (U.S. oz)
    1 : 2.82
    2nd
    1 : 1.70
    R
    1 : 3.44
    Drive pulley type
    Drive pulley calibration
    TRA III
    Clutch engagement
    3000 ± 100 RPM
    Driven pulley type
    6-K VSA
    Drive belt
    Drive belt
    Drive belt adjustment
    Track
    Track adjustment
    500 (16.9)
    1st
    P/N
    605 348 425
    (3)
    Width
    mm (in)
    37.3 (1.469)
    Wear limit
    mm (in)
    35.8 (1.409)
    Deflection
    mm (in)
    32 ± 5 (1.260 ± .197)
    Force
    kgf (lbf)
    11.30 (24.91)
    Width
    mm (in)
    500 (20)
    Length
    m (in)
    3.968 (156)
    Profile height
    mm (in)
    31.8 (1.25)
    Deflection (1)
    mm (in)
    40 to 50 (1.575 to 1.969)
    Force (1)
    kgf (lbf)
    7.3 (16)
    (2)
    Alignment
    BRAKE SYSTEM
    Brake lining thickness
    Brake fluid
    Service limit
    mm (in)
    Type
    Quantity
    1 (.039)
    DOT 4
    mL (U.S. oz)
    500 (17)
    _____________________
    81
    EXPEDITION TUV/
    SKANDIC SUV
    MODEL
    600 HO SDI
    SUSPENSION
    FRONT
    Suspension type
    SUV
    Suspension maximum travel
    mm (in)
    Shock absorber type
    200 (7.9)
    HPG
    REAR
    Suspension type
    RCG1-W
    Suspension maximum travel
    Shock absorber type
    mm (in)
    290 (11.4)
    Center
    HPG
    Rear
    HPG
    4-2
    Stroke limiter standard position
    STEERING SYSTEM
    Ski type
    Toe-out
    ADJ
    mm (in)
    5 (.197)
    0°
    Camber
    VEHICLE INFORMATIONS
    Mass (dry)
    kg (lb)
    330 (728)
    Length
    m (in)
    3.06 (120.5)
    Width
    m (in)
    1.17 (46)
    Height
    m (in)
    1.31 (52)
    mm (in)
    985 (38.8)
    Ski stance (carbide to carbide)
    (1)
    Measure gap between slider shoe and bottom inside of track when exerting a downward pull to the track.
    (2)
    Equal distance between edges of track guides and slider shoes.
    (3)
    Drive belt height must be adjusted every time a new drive belt is installed. Confirm drive belt part number
    application with an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    82
    ______________________
    EXPEDITION TUV/SKANDIC SWT
    MODEL
    V800
    ENGINE
    ROTAXTM V810
    Engine type
    4-stroke, Single Over Head Camshaft
    (SOHC), liquid cooled
    2
    Number of cylinders
    Number of valves
    8 valves (mechanical adjustment)
    Bore
    mm (in)
    91 (3.58)
    Stroke
    mm (in)
    61.5 (2.42)
    Displacement
    cm³ (in³)
    800 (48.82)
    Maximum horsepower RPM
    ± 100 RPM
    7250
    COOLING SYSTEM
    Ethyl glycol and distilled water
    (50%/ 50%). Use premix coolant
    from BRP (P/N 219 700 362) or
    coolant specifically formulated
    for aluminum engines
    Type
    Coolant
    Quantity
    L (U.S. gal.)
    4.00 (1.06)
    LUBRICATION SYSTEM
    Type
    Wet sump. Replaceable oil filter
    Oil filter
    BRP Rotax paper type, replaceable
    Lubrication
    Capacity (oil change with filter)
    Engine
    oil
    Recommended
    2.3 L (2.4 quarts)
    XP-S 0W40 synthetic oil or an
    equivalent
    _____________________
    83
    EXPEDITION TUV/SKANDIC SWT
    MODEL
    V800
    FUEL SYSTEM
    Gas type
    Pump octane number
    Unleaded
    Inside North America ((R+M)/2)
    87 or higher
    Outside North America (RON)
    92 or higher
    Fuel tank capacity
    L (U.S. gal)
    41 (10.8)
    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
    Magneto generator output
    W
    CDI (Capacity Discharge Ignition)
    by DENSO
    Ignition type
    Spark plug
    460 @ 6000 RPM
    Make and type
    NGK DCPR8E
    Gap
    mm (in)
    Battery
    0.75 (.0303)
    12 V, 21 A•h
    Headlamp
    W
    60/55 (H4)
    Taillight and stoplight
    W
    8/27
    Fuse
    Refer to FUSES section
    DRIVE SYSTEM
    Type
    Gearbox oil
    XP-S synthetic chaincase oil
    Quantity
    SWT
    Gear ratio
    TUV
    mL (U.S. oz)
    1st
    1 : 3.80
    2nd
    1 : 2.29
    R
    1 : 4.63
    1st
    1 : 2.82
    2nd
    1 : 2.04
    R
    1 : 3.44
    Drive pulley type
    Drive pulley calibration
    TRA IV
    Clutch engagement
    2500 ± 100 RPM
    Driven pulley type
    6-K VSA
    Drive belt
    Drive belt
    84
    500 (16.9)
    P/N
    605 348 425
    Width
    mm (in)
    37.3 (1.469)
    Wear limit
    mm (in)
    35.8 (1.409)
    ______________________
    (3)
    EXPEDITION TUV/SKANDIC SWT
    MODEL
    V800
    DRIVE SYSTEM (cont'd)
    Drive belt adjustment
    Deflection
    mm (in)
    32 ± 5 (1.260 ± .197)
    Force
    kgf (lbf)
    11.30 (24.91)
    SWT
    mm (in)
    600 (24)
    TUV
    mm (in)
    500 (20)
    Width
    Track
    Track adjustment
    Length
    m (in)
    3.968 (156)
    Profile height
    mm (in)
    31.8 (1.25)
    Deflection
    mm (in)
    40 to 50 (1.575 to 1.969)
    Force (1)
    kgf (lbf)
    7.3 (16)
    Service limit
    mm (in)
    1 (.039)
    (1)
    BRAKE SYSTEM
    Brake lining thickness
    Brake fluid
    Type
    DOT 4
    Quantity
    mL (U.S. oz)
    500 (17)
    SUSPENSION
    FRONT
    Suspension type
    Suspension
    maximum travel
    SWT
    LTS
    TUV
    SUV
    SWT
    mm (in)
    150 (6)
    TUV
    mm (in)
    200 (8)
    Shock absorber type
    Motion control
    REAR
    Suspension type
    Suspension
    maximum travel
    Center
    Shock absorber type
    Rear
    SWT
    Easy ride XWLS
    TUV
    RCG1-W
    SWT
    mm (in)
    210 (8.3)
    TUV
    mm (in)
    293 (11.5)
    Motion control
    HPG
    _____________________
    85
    EXPEDITION TUV/SKANDIC SWT
    MODEL
    V800
    STEERING SYSTEM
    Ski type
    ADJ
    Toe-out
    mm (in)
    Camber
    5 (.197)
    0°
    VEHICLE INFORMATIONS
    Mass (dry)
    kg (lb)
    330 (728)
    Length
    m (in)
    3.06 (120.5)
    SWT
    m (in)
    1.08 (42.5)
    TUV
    m (in)
    1.22 (48)
    m (in)
    1.36 (53.5)
    SWT
    mm (in)
    900 (35.4)
    TUV
    mm (in)
    985 (38.8)
    Width
    Height
    Ski stance (carbide to carbide)
    (1)
    Measure gap between slider shoe and bottom inside of track when exerting a downward pull to the track.
    (2)
    Equal distance between edges of track guides and slider shoes.
    (3)
    Drive belt height must be adjusted every time a new drive belt is installed. Confirm drive belt part number
    application with an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    86
    ______________________
    MAINTENANCE
    INFORMATION
    _____________________
    87
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART
     WARNING
    It is recommended that the assistance of an authorized SKI-DOO
    dealer be periodically obtained
    on other components/systems not
    covered in this guide. Unless otherwise specified, engine must be
    cold and not running. Remove
    tether cord cap (DESS key) before performing any maintenance
    or adjustment, unless otherwise
    specified. Vehicle must be parked
    in a safe place, away from the trail.
     WARNING
    Observe WARNINGS and CAUTIONS mentioned throughout this
    guide which are relevant to the
    item being checked. When component conditions seem less than
    satisfactory, replace with genuine
    BRP parts or approved equivalents.
    Some items may not apply to your
    particular model. Refer to MAINTENANCE in SHOP MANUAL for more
    details.
    88
    ______________________
    2-Stroke
    2-STROKE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART
    * 10-HOUR OR 500 km (300 mi)
    A:
    C:
    I:
    L:
    R:
    T:
    ADJUST
    CLEAN
    INSPECT
    LUBRICATE
    REPLACE
    PROCEED WITH TASK
    WEEKLY OR EVERY 240 km (150 mi)
    MONTHLY OR EVERY 800 km (500 mi)
    EVERY YEAR OR 3200 km (2000 mi)
    EVERY 2 YEARS OR 6000 km (3700 mi)
    *: TO BE PERFORMED BY AN
    AUTHORIZED SKI-DOO DEALER
    * STORAGE
    * PRESEASON
    PART/TASK
    LEGEND
    ENGINE
    I,L,
    C
    Rewind starter and rope
    Engine support
    I
    Exhaust system (3)
    I
    Exhaust manifold screws
    I
    I
    I
    I
    I
    I
    Axial fan condition
    (fan cooled models)
    I
    Engine lubrication
    T
    Cooling system cap, hoses and
    clamps (liquid cooled models)
    I
    Coolant (liquid cooled models)
    I
    Crankshaft PTO seals
    RAVE valves
    (3)
    I
    I (3) Emission-related.
    R
    I
    (3)
    (600 engine only)
    C
    RAVE valves solenoid (SDI engine)
    I
    Injection oil filter
    Oil injection pump
    I
    A
    R
    A
    A
    Rags installation/removal in air
    intake and exhaust system
    T
    T
    FUEL SYSTEM
    Add fuel stabilizer
    T
    Fuel filter
    R
    Fuel lines and connections
    I
    I
    Fuel rail (SDI engine only)
    I
    I (3) Emission-related.
    Carburetor (except SDI engine)
    A
    A
    A,C
    Throttle cable
    I
    I
    I
    Air filter (3)
    C
    C
    _____________________
    89
    2-STROKE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART
    * 10-HOUR OR 500 km (300 mi)
    A:
    C:
    I:
    L:
    R:
    T:
    ADJUST
    CLEAN
    INSPECT
    LUBRICATE
    REPLACE
    PROCEED WITH TASK
    WEEKLY OR EVERY 240 km (150 mi)
    MONTHLY OR EVERY 800 km (500 mi)
    EVERY YEAR OR 3200 km (2000 mi)
    EVERY 2 YEARS OR 6000 km (3700 mi)
    *: TO BE PERFORMED BY AN
    AUTHORIZED SKI-DOO DEALER
    * STORAGE
    * PRESEASON
    PART/TASK
    LEGEND
    FUEL SYSTEM (cont'd)
    Fuel injection system (visual
    inspection, SDI engine only)
    I
    Throttle body (3) (SDI engine only)
    C (3) Emission-related.
    Air intake system (3)
    I,C
    DRIVE SYSTEM
    Drive belt condition
    I
    Drive belt height adjustment
    I
    I
    EVERY BELT REPLACEMENT
    Drive and driven pulley
    I
    Tightening torque of drive pulley
    screw
    I
    C
    I
    I
    I
    Driven pulley preload
    I
    I
    Brake fluid
    I
    I
    Brake hose, pads and disk
    I
    I
    Gearbox oil
    I
    I
    R (4)
    Drive axle end bearing (2)
    L
    L
    L
    Track
    I
    I
    I
    Track tension and alignment
    A
    AS REQUIRED
    C
    I
    (2) Lubricate whenever the vehicle is
    used in wet conditions
    (wet snow, rain, puddles).
    I (4) Replace gearbox oil
    once a year atstorage or every
    I
    6000 km (3700 mi).
    I
    I
    R
    STEERING/SUSPENSION
    Steering and front suspension
    mechanism (2)
    Wear and condition of skis and
    runners
    A,I,
    L
    I
    A,I
    L
    I
    A,I,
    L
    I
    (2) Lubricate whenever the vehicle is
    used in wet conditions
    (wet snow, rain, puddles).
    SUSPENSION
    Suspension adjustments
    A
    Front and rear suspensions (2)
    I
    Rear suspension stopper strap
    90
    AS REQUIRED
    I,L
    I,L
    I
    I
    ______________________
    (2) Lubricate whenever the vehicle is
    used in wet conditions
    (wet snow, rain, puddles).
    2-STROKE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART
    * 10-HOUR OR 500 km (300 mi)
    A:
    C:
    I:
    L:
    R:
    T:
    ADJUST
    CLEAN
    INSPECT
    LUBRICATE
    REPLACE
    PROCEED WITH TASK
    WEEKLY OR EVERY 240 km (150 mi)
    MONTHLY OR EVERY 800 km (500 mi)
    EVERY YEAR OR 3200 km (2000 mi)
    EVERY 2 YEARS OR 6000 km (3700 mi)
    *: TO BE PERFORMED BY AN
    AUTHORIZED SKI-DOO DEALER
    * STORAGE
    * PRESEASON
    PART/TASK
    LEGEND
    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
    EMS fault codes (SDI engine only)
    Spark plugs
    (1) (3)
    I
    I
    I
    I
    Battery (if so equipped)
    I
    I
    I
    Wiring harnesses and cables (3)
    I
    I
    I
    Operation of lighting system
    (HI/LO beam, brake light, etc.), test
    operation of engine cut-out switch
    and tether engine cut-out switch
    I
    I
    I
    R (1) Before installing new spark plugs
    at preseason preparation, it is
    suggested to burn excess storage
    I
    oil by starting the engine with the
    old spark plugs. Only perform this
    operation in a well ventilated
    area.
    (3) Emission-related.
    VEHICLE
    Headlamp beam aiming
    A
    Engine compartment
    C
    C
    C
    Vehicle cleaning and protection
    T
    T
    T
    —
    _____________________
    91
    4-Stroke
    4-STROKE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART
    * 10-HOUR OR 500 km (300 mi)
    A:
    C:
    I:
    L:
    R:
    T:
    ADJUST
    CLEAN
    INSPECT
    LUBRICATE
    REPLACE
    PROCEED WITH TASK
    WEEKLY OR EVERY 240 km (150 mi)
    MONTHLY OR EVERY 800 km (500 mi)
    EVERY YEAR OR 3200 km (2000 mi)
    EVERY 2 YEARS OR 6000 km (3700 mi)
    *: TO BE PERFORMED BY AN
    AUTHORIZED SKI-DOO DEALER
    * STORAGE
    * PRESEASON
    PART/TASK
    LEGEND
    ENGINE
    Engine oil level
    EVERY RIDE
    Engine motor mounts
    I
    I
    I
    Engine seals
    Exhaust system
    I
    (3)
    I
    I
    I
    Engine lubrication
    T
    Cooling system cap, hoses and
    clamps
    I
    Coolant
    I
    Engine oil and filter
    R
    R
    Valve adjustment
    I,T
    I,T
    I (3) Emission-related.
    I
    R
    Rags installation/removal in air
    intake and exhaust system
    T
    T
    FUEL SYSTEM
    Add fuel stabilizer
    T
    Fuel filter
    R
    Fuel lines and connections
    I
    Throttle cable
    I
    Air filter
    (3)
    I
    I
    C
    I (3) Emission-related.
    C
    Throttle body (3)
    C
    Air intake system (3)
    I,C
    92
    ______________________
    4-STROKE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART
    * 10-HOUR OR 500 km (300 mi)
    A:
    C:
    I:
    L:
    R:
    T:
    ADJUST
    CLEAN
    INSPECT
    LUBRICATE
    REPLACE
    PROCEED WITH TASK
    WEEKLY OR EVERY 240 km (150 mi)
    MONTHLY OR EVERY 800 km (500 mi)
    EVERY YEAR OR 3200 km (2000 mi)
    EVERY 2 YEARS OR 6000 km (3700 mi)
    *: TO BE PERFORMED BY AN
    AUTHORIZED SKI-DOO DEALER
    * STORAGE
    * PRESEASON
    PART/TASK
    LEGEND
    DRIVE SYSTEM
    Drive belt condition
    I
    Drive belt height adjustment
    I
    I
    EVERY BELT REPLACEMENT
    Drive and driven pulley
    I
    Tightening torque of drive pulley
    screw
    I
    I
    Driven pulley preload
    I
    I
    Brake fluid
    I
    I
    Brake hose, pads and disk
    I
    I
    Gearbox oil
    I
    I
    R (4)
    L
    L
    L
    Drive axle end bearing
    (2)
    Track
    I
    Track tension and alignment
    A
    I
    C
    I
    I
    (2) Lubricate whenever the vehicle is
    used in wet conditions
    (wet snow, rain, puddles).
    I (4) Replace gearbox oil
    once a year atstorage or every
    I
    6000 km (3700 mi).
    I
    R
    I
    C
    I
    I
    AS REQUIRED
    STEERING/FRONT SUSPENSION
    Steering and front suspension
    mechanism (2)
    A,I,
    L
    Wear and condition of skis and
    runners
    I
    A,I
    L
    A,I,
    L
    I
    I
    (2) Lubricate whenever the vehicle is
    used in wet conditions
    (wet snow, rain, puddles).
    SUSPENSION
    Suspension adjustments
    A
    Front and rear suspensions (2)
    I
    Rear suspension stopper strap
    AS REQUIRED
    I,L
    I,L
    I
    I
    (2) Lubricate whenever the vehicle is
    used in wet conditions
    (wet snow, rain, puddles).
    _____________________
    93
    4-STROKE PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART
    * 10-HOUR OR 500 km (300 mi)
    A:
    C:
    I:
    L:
    R:
    T:
    ADJUST
    CLEAN
    INSPECT
    LUBRICATE
    REPLACE
    PROCEED WITH TASK
    WEEKLY OR EVERY 240 km (150 mi)
    MONTHLY OR EVERY 800 km (500 mi)
    EVERY YEAR OR 3200 km (2000 mi)
    EVERY 2 YEARS OR 6000 km (3700 mi)
    *: TO BE PERFORMED BY AN
    AUTHORIZED SKI-DOO DEALER
    * STORAGE
    * PRESEASON
    PART/TASK
    LEGEND
    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
    EMS fault codes (3)
    I
    Spark plugs (1) (3)
    I
    I
    I
    I
    I
    I
    I
    I
    Battery
    Wiring harnesses and cables
    (3)
    Operation of lighting system
    (HI/LO beam, brake light, etc.), test
    operation of engine cut-out switch
    and tether engine cut-out switch
    I
    I
    R
    I
    I
    (1) Before installing new spark plugs
    at preseason preparation, it is
    suggested to burn excess storage
    I
    oil by starting the engine with the
    old spark plugs. Only perform this
    operation in a well
    ventilated area.
    (3) Emission-related.
    VEHICLE
    Headlamp beam aiming
    A
    Engine compartment
    C
    C
    C
    Vehicle cleaning and protection
    T
    T
    T
    94
    ______________________
    —
    ENGINE SYSTEM
    Air Filter Cleaning
    V800 Model
    All Models except V800
    Remove filter from air inlet duct.
    Shake the snow out of filter, then,
    dry it out.
    mmo2007-001-004_a
    1. Air filter
    2. Air silencer
    All Models
    Check that the air silencer is clean and
    dry and properly reinstall the filter.
    mmr2007-166-010_a
    1. Air filter installed in air inlet duct
    Open hood and make sure the filter on
    air silencer is free of snow.
    CAUTION: Snowmobile engines
    have been calibrated with the filter
    installed. Operating the snowmobile without it may cause engine
    damage.
    Cooling System
    CAUTION: Vehicle must be on a level surface before checking any fluid
    levels.
    Liquid Cooled Models Only
    mmr2007-166-011_a
    1. Air filter installed on top of air silencer
    Check coolant level at room temperature. Liquid should be at COLD LEVEL
    line (engine cold) of coolant tank.
    NOTE: When checking level at low
    temperature it may be slightly lower
    than the mark.
    If additional coolant is necessary or if
    entire system has to be refilled, refer
    to an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    _____________________
    95
    Exhaust System
    1
    The tail pipe of the muffler should be
    centered with the exit hole in the bottom pan. It must be free of rust or
    leaks. Make sure that gear clamps are
    properly tightened.
    The exhaust system is designed to reduce noise and to improve the total
    performance of the engine. Modification may be in violation of local laws.
    CAUTION: If any exhaust system
    component is removed, modified
    or damaged, severe engine damage may result.
    A29C2KA
    SKANDIC WT 600/SUV 600
    1. COLD LEVEL line
    Injection Oil Level
    (2-stroke engines)
    CAUTION: Vehicle must be on a level surface before checking any fluid
    levels.
    Always maintain a sufficient amount
    of recommended injection oil in the
    injection oil reservoir.
    A29C33A
    1
    EXPEDITION TUV 600 HO SDI —
    EXPANSION RESERVOIR NEAR INJECTION
    OIL RESERVOIR
    1. Maximum
    CAUTION: Never allow oil reservoir
    to be almost empty.
    Check level and refill every time
    you refuel. Do not overfill. Wipe
    off any spillage. Oil is highly
    flammable when heated.
    mmo2007-001-002_a
    EXPEDITION TUV V800/SKANDIC SWT V800
    — EXPANSION RESERVOIR NEAR MUFFLER
    1. Maximum
    2. Minimum
    96
     WARNING
    ______________________
    Engine Oil Level
    (4-stroke engines)
    Skandic WT 550F/SWT 550F
    2
    V800 Model
    CAUTION: Check level frequently
    and refill if necessary. Do not overfill. Operating the engine with an
    improper level may severely damage engine. Wipe off any spillage.
    1
    A29C0CA
    TYPICAL
    1. Injection oil reservoir
    2. Maximum level: 13 mm (1/2 in) from top
    Skandic WT 600/SUV 550F
    1
    mmo2008-001-009_a
    RH SIDE OF ENGINE COMPARTMENT
    1. Dipstick
    2
    A29C0BA
    1. Injection oil reservoir
    2. Maximum level: 13 mm (1/2 in) from top
    Expedition TUV 600 HO SDI/
    SUV 600 HO SDI
    A29C32A
    Make sure engine is at operating temperature.
    Snowmobile must be on a level surface.
    Let engine running at idle for at least
    30 seconds.
    Remove and wipe the dipstick.
    Reinstall dipstick.
    Remove and check oil level. Oil level
    must be between minimum and maximum marks on dipstick.
    There is a capacity of 500 mL (17 U.S.
    oz) between the two marks.
    1
    1. Injection oil reservoir
    _____________________
    97
    mmo2007-001-003_a
    1. Maximum
    2. Minimum
    To add oil, remove dipstick. Place a
    funnel into the dipstick tube to avoid
    spillage.
    Add a small amount of recommended
    oil and recheck oil level.
    Repeat the above procedures until
    oil level reaches the dipstick's upper
    mark. Do not overfill.
    Properly reinstall dipstick.
    EPA Certified Engines
    Maintenance, replacement, or repair of the emission control devices
    and systems may be performed by
    any snowmobile SI (spark ignition)
    engine repair establishments or individual.
    Engine Emissions Information
    Manufacturer's Responsibility
    Snowmobile manufacturers of snowmobile engines need to determine
    the exhaust emission levels for each
    engine horsepower family and certify
    these engines with the United States
    of America Environmental Protection
    Agency (EPA). An emissions control
    information label, showing emission
    levels and engine specifications, must
    be placed on each vehicle at the time
    of manufacture.
    98
    Dealer's Responsibility
    When performing service on a certified SKI-DOO snowmobiles that carry
    an emissions control information label,
    adjustments must be kept within published factory specifications.
    Replacement or repair of any emission
    related component must be executed
    in a manner that maintains emission
    levels within the prescribed certification standards.
    Dealers are not to modify the engine
    in any manner that would alter the
    horsepower or allow emission levels
    to exceed their predetermined factory
    specifications.
    Exceptions include manufacturer's
    prescribed changes, such as altitude
    adjustments for example.
    Owner Responsibility
    The owner/operator is required to
    have engine maintenance performed
    to maintain emission levels within prescribed certification standards.
    The owner/operator is not to, and
    should not allow anyone to modify the
    engine in any manner that would alter
    the horsepower or allow emissions
    levels to exceed their predetermined
    factory specifications.
    EPA Emission Regulations
    All new SKI-DOO snowmobiles manufactured by BRP are certified to
    the EPA as conforming to the requirements of the regulations for the
    control of air pollution from new snowmobile engines. This certification is
    contingent on certain adjustments
    being set to factory standards. For
    this reason, the factory procedure for
    servicing the product must be strictly
    followed and, whenever practicable,
    returned to the original intent of the
    design.
    ______________________
    The responsibilities listed above are
    general and in no way a complete listing of the rules and regulations pertaining to the EPA requirements on exhaust emissions for snowmobile products. For more detailed information
    on this subject, you may contact the
    following locations:
    REGULAR U.S. POSTAL MAIL:
    1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW
    Mail Code 6403J
    Washington, DC 20460
    FOR ALL COURIER SERVICES:
    U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency
    Office of Transportation and Air
    Quality
    1310 L Street NW
    Washington, DC 20005
    INTERNET:
    http://www.epa.gov/otaq/
    E-MAIL:
    [email protected]
    _____________________
    99
    DRIVE SYSTEM
    Brake Fluid Level
    CAUTION: Vehicle must be on a level surface before checking any fluid
    levels.
    Check brake fluid (DOT 4) in reservoir
    for proper level. Add fluid (DOT 4) as
    required.
    CAUTION: Use only DOT 4 brake
    fluid from a sealed container. Never use any other types of fluid.
    1
    NOTE: Before initial start-up, the oil
    level may be higher than the full mark.
    After first outing, oil level will decrease
    as the upper oil cavity fills with oil.
    To fill, remove filler plug from top of
    gearbox. Refill as required using XP-S
    synthetic chaincase oil (P/N 413 803
    300).
    CAUTION: Do not use other unrecommended types of oil when servicing. Do not mix this synthetic oil
    with other types of oil.
    A03D22A
    TYPICAL — BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
    1. Minimum
    2
    Brake Condition
     WARNING
    The brake mechanism on your
    snowmobile is an essential safety
    device. Keep this mechanism in
    proper working condition. Above
    all, do not operate the snowmobile without an effective brake
    system. Periodically verify the
    condition/wear of the brake pads.
    Brake Adjustment
    No adjustment is provided for hydraulic brake. See an authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer if any problems.
    Gearbox Oil Level
    To check, pull dipstick. Oil should
    reach level mark.
    100
    1
    A29D0IA
    TYPICAL
    1. Full level mark
    2. Lower level mark
    Belt Guard Removal and
    Installation
     WARNING
    Never operate engine:
    – without shields and belt guard
    securely installed
    – with hood and/or side panels
    opened or removed.
    Never attempt to make adjustments to moving parts while engine is running.
    _____________________
    2-Stroke Model
    – Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key).
    – Open hood. Remove both retaining
    pins, then belt guard.
    NOTE: Belt guards are purposely
    made slightly oversize to maintain
    tension on their pins and retainers
    preventing undue noise and vibration.
    It is important that this tension be
    maintained when reinstalling.
    Drive Belt Condition
    A29D0FA
    Inspect belt for cracks, fraying or
    abnormal wear (uneven wear, wear
    on one side, missing cogs, cracked
    fabric). If abnormal wear is noted,
    probable cause could be pulley misalignment, excessive RPM with frozen
    track, fast starts without warm-up period, burred or rusty sheave, oil on
    belt or distorted spare belt. Contact
    an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    1
    TYPICAL
    1. Retaining pins
    Drive Belt Removal/
    Installation
    4-Stroke Model
    – Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key). Open engine compartment.
    – Loosen collar screw on air silencer
    grommet.
    – Disconnect engine vent hose from
    air silencer.
    – Unhook latch from air silencer. Remove air silencer.
     WARNING
    Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key) before performing any maintenance or adjustment, unless
    otherwise specified. Vehicle must
    be parked in a safe place, away
    from the trail.
    Removal
    NOTE: Removal and installation of
    drive belt is easier when driven pulley
    is held with brake so that it can not
    rotate. Apply parking brake, for this
    purpose.
    Remove tether cord cap (DESS key).
    Open hood and remove belt guard.
    Push on drive belt between pulleys to
    open driven pulley.
    mmo2007-001-006_a
    1.
    2.
    3.
    4.
    Collar screw
    Vent hose
    Latch
    Air silencer
    All Models
    When reinstalling belt guard, make
    sure to reinstall retaining device(s).
    _____________________ 101
    mmo2008-001-012_a
    mmo2008-001-010_a
    TYPICAL
    Step 1: Push on drive belt
    Release parking brake.
    Slip the belt over the top edge of the
    sliding half while turning driven pulley,
    as shown.
    TYPICAL
    1. Arrow pointing at the front of vehicle
    CAUTION: Do not force or use tools
    to pry the belt into place, as this
    could cut or break the cords in the
    belt.
    Clean sheaves of both pulleys using
    Pulley flange cleaner (P/N 413 711
    809).
    Drive Belt Height
    Adjustment
    mmo2008-001-011_a
    TYPICAL
    Step 1: Slip the belt over the top edge of the
    sliding half
    Step 2: Turn driven pulley at the same time
    To obtain maximum vehicle performance and drive belt longevity, drive
    belt height adjustment must be performed every time a new drive belt is
    installed.
    NOTE: If correct adjustment is
    unattainable, contact an authorized
    SKI-DOO dealer.
    The drive belt cord should be flush
    with driven pulley edge. Adjust as required.
    Remove drive belt.
    Installation
    To install the drive belt, reverse the removal procedure, however pay attention to the following.
    The maximum drive belt life span is
    obtained when the belt has the proper
    rotation direction. Install it so the arrow printed on belt is pointing at front
    of vehicle.
    A02D1UA
    TYPICAL
    1. Flush
    102
    _____________________
    1
    Adjust drive belt height using Allen
    screws. Loosen jam nuts then turns
    Allen screws.
    mmr2007-201-006_a
    – To lower belt in driven pulley: turn
    Allen screws clockwise.
    – To raise belt in driven pulley: turn
    Allen screws counterclockwise.
    NOTE: Turn Allen screws 1/4 turn at a
    time, then rotate driven pulley to allow
    drive belt to settle in pulley. Check
    height, repeat as required.
    NOTE: Allen screws must be restrained while tightening jam nut to
    prevent throwing adjustment out.
    ENGINE
    MAXIMUM
    HORSEPOWER RPM
    550F
    6900 RPM (± 100)
    600
    7000 RPM (± 100)
    600 HO
    SDI
    8000 RPM (± 100)
    V800
    7250 RPM (± 100)
    NOTE: Use precision digital tachometer for engine RPM adjustment.
    NOTE: The adjustment has an effect
    on high RPM only.
    To adjust, turn calibration screws.
    Calibration screw has a notch on top
    of its head.
    Drive Pulley Adjustment
     WARNING
    Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key) before performing any maintenance or adjustment, unless
    otherwise specified. Vehicle must
    be parked in a safe place, away
    from the trail.
    The drive pulley is factory calibrated to
    transmit maximum engine power at a
    predefined RPM. Factors such as ambient temperature, altitude or surface
    condition may vary this critical engine
    RPM thus affecting snowmobile efficiency.
    This adjustable drive pulley allows setting maximum engine RPM to maintain maximum power.
    Calibration screws should be adjusted
    so that actual maximum engine RPM
    matches the maximum horsepower
    RPM.
    1
    A33D19A
    TYPICAL
    1. Notch
    There are 6 positions numbered 1 to
    6. On TRA drive pulley, note that in
    position 1 the number is substituted
    by a dot (due to its location on casting).
    1
    A16D0GA
    TYPICAL — TRA DRIVE PULLEY
    1. Position 1 (not numbered)
    _____________________ 103
    Each position modifies maximum engine RPM by about 200 RPM.
    Lower position numbers decrease engine RPM in steps of 200 RPM and
    higher position numbers increase it in
    steps of 200 RPM.
    Example:
    Calibration screw is set at position 4
    and is changed to position 6. So maximum engine RPM is increased by
    400 RPM.
    Adjustment
    Just loosen locking nut enough to
    pull calibration screw partially out
    and adjust to desired position. Do
    not completely remove the locking
    nut. Torque locking nuts to 10 N•m
    (89 lbf•in).
    CAUTION: Do not completely remove calibration screw otherwise
    internal washers will fall off. Always adjust all 3 calibration screws
    and make sure they are all set to
    the same position.
     WARNING
    NEVER disassemble or modify the
    drive pulley. Improper assembly
    or modifications could cause the
    pulley to explode violently under the stress generated by the
    high rotational speed. This could
    lead to serious injury including
    the possibility of death. See your
    SKI-DOO dealer for maintenance
    or service of the drive pulley. Improper servicing or maintenance
    may affect performance and reduce belt life. Always respect
    maintenance schedules.
     WARNING
    NEVER operate engine:
    – without shields and belt guard
    securely installed
    – with hood and/or side panels
    opened or removed.
    NEVER attempt to make adjustments to moving parts while engine is running.
    Track Condition
     WARNING
    1
    A16D0HA
    TYPICAL
    1. Loosen just enough to permit rotating of
    calibrate screw
    104
    Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key) before performing any maintenance or adjustment, unless
    otherwise specified. Vehicle must
    be parked in a safe place, away
    from the trail.
    Remove tether cord cap (DESS key).
    Lift the rear of the snowmobile and
    support it with a wide-base snowmobile mechanical stand equipped with
    a protector back panel. With the engine off, rotate the track by hand, and
    inspect condition. If worn or cut, or
    if track fibers are exposed, or if missing or defective inserts or guides are
    noted; contact an authorized SKI-DOO
    dealer.
    _____________________
     WARNING
    Do not modify track, including the
    installation of traction enhancing
    products. At speed it may cause
    the track to tear and separate from
    vehicle posing a risk of severe injury or death. Do not operate or
    rotate a track if torn, damaged or
    excessively worn (fibers showing).
    A00C07C
    BELT TENSION TESTER
    2
    Track Adjustments
    NOTE: Track tension and alignment
    are inter-related. Do not adjust one
    without the other.
     WARNING
    – Never stand behind or near a rotating track.
    – Never spin the track at high
    speed whenever off the ground.
    Broken track or debris could be
    projected with great force which
    could severe legs or cause other
    serious injuries.
    Tension
    NOTE: Ride the snowmobile in snow
    about 15 to 20 minutes prior to adjusting track tension.
    Remove the tether cord cap (DESS
    key).
    Lift rear of snowmobile and support
    it with a wide-base snowmobile mechanical stand equipped with a protector back panel.
    Allow the suspension to extend normally and check gap half-way between
    front and rear idler wheels. Measure
    between slider shoe bottom and inside of track. The gap should be as
    given in SPECIFICATIONS at the end
    of this guide. If the track tension is
    too loose, track will have a tendency
    to thump.
    NOTE: A belt tension tester (P/N 414
    348 200) may be used to measure deflection as well as force applied.
    A32F39A
    1
    3
    TYPICAL
    1. Top tool O-ring positioned at 7.3 kg (16 lb)
    2. Push on top portion of tool until it contacts
    the top O-ring
    3. Measured track deflection
    CAUTION: Too much tension will
    result in power loss and excessive
    stresses on suspension components.
    To Adjust Track Tension:
    – Remove the tether cord cap (DESS
    key).
    – Loosen the rear idler wheel retaining screws.
    – Loosen the lock nuts (on so
    equipped models), then turn adjustment screws to adjust.
    If correct tension is unattainable, contact an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    _____________________ 105
    1
    2
    1
    2
    3
    A01F05A
    3
    A05F0EA
    TYPICAL
    1. Adjustment screw
    2. Loosen lock nut (on so equipped models)
    3. Loosen screw
    – Retighten retaining screws and lock
    nuts (on so equipped models).
    – Check track alignment as described
    below.
    Alignment
     WARNING
    Before checking track alignment,
    ensure that the track is free of all
    particles which could be thrown
    out while track is rotating. Use a
    wide-based snowmobile mechanical stand equipped with a protector back panel. Keep hands, tools,
    feet and clothing clear of track. Ensure no one is standing in close
    proximity to the snowmobile, especially at the rear of the track.
    Never rotate track at high speed.
    Start the engine and accelerate slightly
    so that track barely turns. This must
    be done in a short period of time (15
    to 20 seconds).
    Check that the track is well centered;
    equal distance on both sides between
    edges of track guides and slider shoes.
    1. Guides
    2. Slider shoes
    3. Equal distance
    To Adjust Track Alignment:
     WARNING
    Remove tether cord cap (DESS
    key) before performing any maintenance or adjustment, unless
    otherwise specified. Vehicle must
    be parked in a safe place, away
    from the trail.
    – Remove the tether cord cap (DESS
    key).
    – Loosen rear idler wheel retaining
    screws.
    – Loosen the lock nuts (on so
    equipped models).
    – Tighten the adjustment screw on
    side where the slider shoe is the farthest from the track insert guides.
    1
    2
    1
    3
    A01F0BA
    1. Guides
    2. Slider shoes
    3. Tighten on this side
    Tighten lock nuts (some models only)
    and retaining screws.
    106
    _____________________
     WARNING
    If lock nuts are not tightened properly, the adjusting screws could
    loosen causing the track to become extremely loose and, under
    some operating conditions, allow
    the idler wheels to climb over the
    track lugs forcing the track against
    the tunnel causing the track to
    “lock”. Properly tighten wheel retaining screws, otherwise wheel
    may come off and cause track to
    “lock”.
    1
    2
    A05F0EB
    TYPICAL
    1. Retighten (so equipped models)
    2. Retighten to 48 N•m (35 lbf•ft)
    Restart engine and rotate track slowly
    to recheck alignment.
    Reposition snowmobile on ground.
    _____________________ 107
    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
    Battery Electrolyte
    These vehicles are equipped with a
    maintenance-free battery. Electrolyte
    level can not be checked.
     WARNING
    BLACK negative battery cable
    must always be disconnected first
    and connected last.
     WARNING
    Never charge or boost battery
    while installed. Battery electrolyte
    contains sulfuric acid which is corrosive and poisonous. In case of
    contact with skin, flush with water
    and call a physician immediately.
     WARNING
    Should the battery casing be damaged, wear a suitable pair of nonabsorbent gloves when removing
    the battery by hand.
    CAUTION: Should any electrolyte
    spillage occur, immediately wash
    off with a solution of baking soda
    and water to prevent damage to vehicle components.
    108
    _____________________
    REAR SUSPENSION
    Suspension Condition
    Visually inspect all suspension components including slider shoes, springs,
    wheels, etc.
    NOTE: During normal driving, snow
    will act as a lubricant and coolant for
    the slider shoes. Extensive riding on
    ice or sanded snow, will create excessive heat build-up and cause premature slider shoe wear.
    Suspension Stopper
    Strap Condition
    Inspect stopper strap for wear and
    cracks, bolt and nut for tightness. If
    loose inspect holes for deformation.
    Replace as required. Torque nut to
    9 N•m (80 lbf•in).
    _____________________ 109
    STEERING AND FRONT SUSPENSION
    Visually inspect steering and front suspension for tightness of components
    (steering arms, control arms and links,
    tie rods, ball joints, ski bolts, ski legs,
    etc.). If necessary, contact an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    Wear and Condition of
    Skis and Runners
    Check the condition of the skis, ski
    runners and ski runner carbides. If
    worn, contact an authorized SKI-DOO
    dealer.
     WARNING
    Excessively worn skis and/or ski
    runners will adversely affect snowmobile control.
    110
    _____________________
    BODY/FRAME
    Vehicle Cleaning and
    Protection
    Remove any dirt or rust.
    To clean the entire vehicle, use only
    flannel cloths or equivalent.
    CAUTION: It is necessary to use
    flannel cloths or equivalent on
    windshield and hood to avoid damaging further surfaces to clean.
    To remove grease, oil and grime, use
    Heavy duty cleaner (P/N 293 110 001)
    (spray can 400 g) and (P/N 293 110
    002) (4 L).
    CAUTION: Do not use Heavy duty
    cleaner on decals or vinyl.
    To remove stubborn dirt from all plastic and vinyl surfaces, use Vinyl & Plastic Cleaner (P/N 413 711 200) (6 x 1 L).
    To remove scratches on windshield
    or hood use Scratch Remover Kit
    (P/N 861 774 800).
    CAUTION: Never clean plastic parts
    or hood with strong detergent, degreasing agent, paint thinner, acetone, products containing chlorine,
    etc.
    Clean sheaves of both pulleys using
    Pulley flange cleaner (P/N 413 711
    809).
    Inspect the hood and repair any damage.
    Touch up all metal spots where paint
    has been scratched off. Spray all metal parts including shock chromed rods
    with XP-S Lube (P/N 293 600 016).
    Wax painted portion of the vehicle for
    better protection.
    NOTE: Apply wax on glossy finish only. Protect the vehicle with a cover to
    prevent dust accumulation during storage.
    CAUTION: The snowmobile has
    to be stored in a cool and dry
    place and covered with an opaque
    tarpaulin. This will prevent sun
    rays and grime from affecting plastic components and vehicle finish.
    Lift rear of vehicle until track is clear
    of the ground. Install on a wide-base
    snowmobile mechanical stand.
     WARNING
    Do not attempt to lift the vehicle
    by hand alone. Use appropriate
    lifting device or have assistance
    to share lifting stress in order to
    avoid risk of strain injuries.
    NOTE: Do not release track tension.
    Bulb Replacement
    Always check light operation after bulb
    replacement.
    Headlamp
    CAUTION: Never touch glass portion of an halogen bulb with bare
    fingers, it shortens its operating
    life. If glass is touched, clean it
    with isopropyl alcohol which will
    not leave a film on the bulb.
    To replace a burnt headlamp bulb, remove the following:
    – windshield assembly
    – air intake dashboard cover.
    _____________________ 111
    A29H1IA
    Taillight
    If taillight bulb is burnt, expose the
    bulb by removing the red plastic
    lens. To remove, unscrew the 2 lens
    screws.
    112
    _____________________
    STORAGE AND PRESEASON PREPARATION
     WARNING
    Have an authorized SKI-DOO dealer inspect fuel and oil systems
    integrity as specified in PERIODIC
    MAINTENANCE CHART.
    Storage
    It is during summer, or when a snowmobile is not in use for more than one
    month that proper storage is a necessity.
    To prepare your snowmobile, refer to
    an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    Engine Cooling System
    Liquid Cooled Models
    Antifreeze should be replaced for the
    storage period to prevent antifreeze
    deterioration.
    The antifreeze replacement and a density test should be performed by an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    CAUTION: Improper antifreeze mixture might allow freezing of the liquid in the cooling system if vehicle is stored in area where freezing
    point is reached. This would seriously damage the engine. Failure
    to replace the antifreeze for storage
    may cause its degradation which
    could result in poor cooling when
    engine will be used.
    CAUTION: Do not run engine during storage period.
    Preseason Preparation
    Refer to an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    CAUTION:
    Have
    carburetor(s)
    cleaned-up before restarting engine on so equipped models.
    _____________________ 113
    114
    _____________________
    WARRANTY
    _____________________ 115
    BRP LIMITED WARRANTY NORTH AMERICA:
    2008 SKI-DOO® SNOWMOBILES
    1) SCOPE OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY
    Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. (“BRP”)* warrants its 2008 Ski-Doo
    snowmobiles sold by authorized BRP dealers (as hereinafter defined) in the
    fifty United States and Canada from defects in material or workmanship for the
    period and under the conditions described below.
    All genuine Ski-Doo parts and accessories, installed by an authorized BRP dealer
    at the time of delivery of the 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile, carry the same warranty
    as that of the snowmobile.
    A GPS receiver may be supplied by BRP as standard equipment on certain 2008
    Ski-Doo snowmobiles. The GPS receiver is covered by the limited warranty issued by the GPS receiver’s manufacturer and is not covered by this BRP limited
    warranty.
    Use of the product for racing or any other competitive activity, at any point, even
    by a previous owner, will render this warranty null and void.
    2) EXCLUSIONS – ARE NOT WARRANTED
    The following are not warranted under any circumstances:
    • Normal wear and tear;
    • Routine maintenance items, tune ups, adjustments;
    • Damage caused by failure to provide proper maintenance and/or storage, as
    described in the Operator’s Guide;
    • Damage resulting from removal of parts, improper repairs, service, maintenance, modifications or use of parts not manufactured or approved by BRP or
    resulting from repairs done by a person that is not an authorized servicing BRP
    dealer;
    • Damage caused by abuse, abnormal use, neglect, use of the product on surfaces other than snow, or operation of the product in a manner inconsistent
    with the recommended operation described in the Operator’s Guide;
    • Damage resulting from accident, submersion, fire, theft, vandalism or any act
    of God;
    • Operation with fuels, oils or lubricants which are not suitable for use with the
    product (see the Operator’s Guide);
    • Snow or water ingestion;
    • Incidental or consequential damages, or damages of any kind including without
    limitation towing, storage, telephone, rental, taxi, inconvenience, insurance
    coverage, loan payments, loss of time, loss of income; and
    • Damage resulting from studs installed on tracks if the installation does not
    conform to BRP’s instructions.
    116
    _____________________
    3) LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
    THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY GIVEN AND ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF ANY
    AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
    WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY
    CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN
    DURATION TO THE LIFE OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. INCIDENTAL AND
    CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER
    THIS WARRANTY. SOME STATES/PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW FOR THE
    DISCLAIMERS, LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS IDENTIFIED ABOVE, AS
    A RESULT, THEY MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU
    SPECIFIC RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER LEGAL RIGHTS
    WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE, OR PROVINCE TO PROVINCE.
    Neither the distributor, any BRP dealer nor any other person has been authorized
    to make any affirmation, representation or warranty regarding the product, other
    than those contained in this limited warranty, and if made, shall not be enforceable against BRP.
    BRP reserves the right to modify this warranty at any time, being understood that
    such modification will not alter the warranty conditions applicable to the products
    sold while this warranty is in effect.
    4) WARRANTY COVERAGE PERIOD
    This warranty will be in effect from the date of delivery to the first retail consumer
    or the date the product is first put into use, whichever occurs first and for a period
    of:
    TWELVE (12) CONSECUTIVE MONTHS, for private or commercial use owners.
    However, the warranty coverage period on a snowmobile delivered between
    June 1st and December 1st of a given year will expire December 1st of the following year.
    The emission-related components included in the chart below, that are installed
    on EPA certified snowmobiles (see list below) registered in the USA are covered for thirty (30) consecutive months or 2500 miles (4000 km) of engine use
    whichever occurs first. If the 2500 miles (4000 km) are reached during the regular warranty coverage period, the emission-related components are still covered
    by BRP’s standard warranty until the end of regular coverage period.
    _____________________ 117
    The EPA certified snowmobiles are those equipped with: 550 (fan cooled), 600,
    600 HO SDI, 4-TEC V800 engines:
    EMISSION-RELATED
    COMPONENTS
    550 (fan
    cooled)
    600
    600 HO
    SDI
    4-TEC
    V800
    Rave Hose System
    X
    Throttle Position Sensor (TPS)
    X
    X
    Air Temperature Sensor (ATS)
    X
    X
    Air Pressure Sensor (APS)
    X
    X
    Knock Sensor
    X
    Fuel Pressure Regulator
    X
    X
    Fuel Injectors
    X
    X
    Engine Control Module (ECM)
    X
    Throttle Body Shaft Seals
    X
    Muffler Temperature Sensor
    Carburetor
    X
    X
    Carburetor Air Intake Adapter
    X
    X
    X
    Engine Air Intake Adapter/
    Gasket
    Reed Valve
    X
    X
    X
    X
    Temp and Manifold Sensor
    (TMAPS)
    X
    X
    X
    The repair or replacement of parts or the performance of service under this warranty does not extend the life of this warranty beyond its original expiration date.
    5) CONDITIONS TO HAVE WARRANTY COVERAGE
    This warranty coverage is available only if each of the following conditions has
    been fulfilled:
    • The 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile must be purchased as new and unused by its
    first owner from a BRP dealer authorized to distribute Ski-Doo snowmobiles
    in the country in which the sale occurred (“BRP dealer”);
    • The BRP specified pre-delivery inspection process must be completed and
    documented;
    • The product must have undergone proper registration by an authorized BRP
    dealer;
    • The 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile must be purchased in the country in which the
    purchaser resides;
    • Routine maintenance outlined in the Operator’s Guide must be timely performed in order to maintain warranty coverage. BRP reserves the right to
    make warranty coverage contingent upon proof of proper maintenance.
    118
    _____________________
    BRP will not honour this limited warranty to any private use owner or commercial
    use owner if the preceding conditions have not been met. Such limitations are
    necessary in order to allow BRP to preserve both the safety of its products, and
    also that of its consumers and the general public.
    6) WHAT TO DO TO OBTAIN WARRANTY COVERAGE
    The customer must notify a servicing BRP dealer within two (2) days of the appearance of a defect, and provide it with reasonable access to the product and
    reasonable opportunity to repair it. The customer must also present to the authorized BRP dealer, proof of purchase of the product and must sign the repair/work
    order prior to starting the repair in order to validate the warranty repair. All parts
    replaced under this limited warranty become the property of BRP.
    7) WHAT BRP WILL DO
    BRP’s obligations under this warranty are limited to, at its sole discretion, repairing parts found defective under normal use, maintenance and service, or replacing such parts with new genuine Ski-Doo parts without charge for parts and labor,
    at any authorized BRP dealer during the warranty coverage period.
    BRP reserves the right to improve or modify products from time to time without
    assuming any obligation to modify products previously manufactured.
    8) TRANSFER
    If the ownership of a product is transferred during the warranty coverage period,
    this warranty shall also be transferred and be valid for the remaining coverage
    period provided that BRP is notified of such transfer of ownership in the following
    way:
    a) The former owner contacts BRP (at the phone number provided below) or an
    authorized BRP dealer and gives the coordinates of the new owner; or
    b) BRP or an authorized BRP dealer receives a proof that the former owner
    agreed to the transfer of ownership, in addition to the coordinates of the
    new owner.
    _____________________ 119
    9) CONSUMER ASSISTANCE
    a)
    In the event of a controversy or a dispute in connection with this limited warranty, BRP suggests that you try to resolve the issue at the dealership level.
    We recommend discussing the issue with the authorized dealer’s service
    manager or owner.
    b) If the issue has not yet been resolved, please submit your complaint in writing
    or call the appropriate number below:
    In Canada
    BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC.
    Consumer Services Group
    75, J.-A. Bombardier Street
    Sherbrooke, Québec J1L 1W3
    Tel.: 819 566-3366
    In USA
    BRP US INC.
    Consumer Services Group
    7575 Bombardier Court
    Wausau WI 54401
    Tel.: 715 848-4957
    * In the USA, products are distributed and serviced by BRP US Inc.
    © 2006 Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. All rights reserved.
    ® Registered trademark of Bombardier Recreational Products Inc.
    120
    _____________________
    BRP INTERNATIONAL LIMITED WARRANTY:
    2008 SKI-DOO® SNOWMOBILES
    1) SCOPE OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY
    Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. (“BRP”) warrants its 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobiles sold by authorized BRP distributor/dealer (as hereinafter defined) outside
    of the fifty United States, Canada and states members of the European Union
    from defects in material or workmanship for the period and under the conditions
    described below.
    All genuine Ski-Doo parts and accessories, installed by an authorized BRP
    distributor/dealer at the time of delivery of the 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile, carry
    the same warranty as that of the snowmobile.
    A GPS receiver may be supplied by BRP as standard equipment on certain 2008
    Ski-Doo snowmobiles. The GPS receiver is covered by the limited warranty issued by the GPS receiver’s manufacturer and is not covered by this BRP limited
    warranty.
    Use of the product for racing or any other competitive activity, at any point, even
    by a previous owner, will render this warranty null and void.
    2) EXCLUSIONS – ARE NOT WARRANTED
    The following are not warranted under any circumstances:
    • Normal wear and tear;
    • Routine maintenance items, tune ups, adjustments;
    • Damage caused by failure to provide proper maintenance and/or storage, as
    described in the Operator’s Guide;
    • Damage resulting from removal of parts, improper repairs, service, maintenance, modifications or use of parts not manufactured or approved by BRP or
    resulting from repairs done by a person that is not an authorized servicing BRP
    distributor/dealer;
    • Damage caused by abuse, abnormal use, neglect, use of the product on surfaces other than snow, or operation of the product in a manner inconsistent
    with the recommended operation described in the Operator’s Guide;
    • Damage resulting from accident, submersion, fire, theft, vandalism or any act
    of God;
    • Operation with fuels, oils or lubricants which are not suitable for use with the
    product (see the Operator’s Guide);
    • Snow or water ingestion;
    • Incidental or consequential damages, or damages of any kind including without
    limitation towing, storage, telephone, rental, taxi, inconvenience, insurance
    coverage, loan payments, loss of time, loss of income; and
    • Damage resulting from studs installed on tracks if the installation does not
    conform to BRP’s instructions.
    _____________________ 121
    3) LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
    THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY GIVEN AND ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF ANY
    AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
    WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY
    CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN
    DURATION TO THE LIFE OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. INCIDENTAL AND
    CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER
    THIS WARRANTY. SOME STATES/PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW FOR THE
    DISCLAIMERS, LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS IDENTIFIED ABOVE, AS
    A RESULT, THEY MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU
    SPECIFIC RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER LEGAL RIGHTS
    WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE, OR PROVINCE TO PROVINCE.
    Neither the distributor, any BRP distributor/dealer nor any other person has been
    authorized to make any affirmation, representation or warranty regarding the
    product, other than those contained in this limited warranty, and if made, shall
    not be enforceable against BRP.
    BRP reserves the right to modify this warranty at any time, being understood that
    such modification will not alter the warranty conditions applicable to the products
    sold while this warranty is in effect.
    4) WARRANTY COVERAGE PERIOD
    This warranty will be in effect from the date of delivery to the first retail consumer
    or the date the product is first put into use, whichever occurs first and for a period
    of:
    TWELVE (12) CONSECUTIVE MONTHS, for private or commercial use owners.
    However, the warranty coverage period on a snowmobile delivered between
    June 1st and December 1st of a given year will expire December 1st of the following year.
    The repair or replacement of parts or the performance of service under this warranty does not extend the life of this warranty beyond its original expiration date.
    Note that the duration and any other modalities of the warranty coverage are
    subject to the applicable national or local legislation in your country.
    5) CONDITIONS TO HAVE WARRANTY COVERAGE
    This warranty coverage is available only if each of the following conditions has
    been fulfilled:
    • The 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile must be purchased as new and unused by
    its first owner from a BRP distributor/dealer authorized to distribute Ski-Doo
    snowmobiles in the country in which the sale occurred (“BRP distributor/
    dealer”);
    • The BRP specified pre-delivery inspection process must be completed and
    documented;
    • The product must have undergone proper registration by an authorized BRP
    distributor/dealer;
    • The 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile must be purchased in the country or union of
    countries in which the purchaser resides.
    122
    _____________________
    • Routine maintenance outlined in the Operator’s Guide must be timely performed in order to maintain warranty coverage. BRP reserves the right to
    make warranty coverage contingent upon proof of proper maintenance.
    BRP will not honour this limited warranty to any private use owner or commercial
    use owner if the preceding conditions have not been met. Such limitations are
    necessary in order to allow BRP to preserve both the safety of its products, and
    also that of its consumers and the general public.
    6) WHAT TO DO TO OBTAIN WARRANTY COVERAGE
    The customer must notify a servicing BRP distributor/dealer within two (2) days of
    the appearance of a defect, and provide it with reasonable access to the product
    and reasonable opportunity to repair it. The customer must also present to the
    authorized BRP distributor/dealer, proof of purchase of the product and must sign
    the repair/work order prior to starting the repair in order to validate the warranty
    repair. All parts replaced under this limited warranty become the property of BRP.
    Note that the notification period is subject to the applicable national or local legislation in your country.
    7) WHAT BRP WILL DO
    BRP’s obligations under this warranty are limited to, at its sole discretion, repairing parts found defective under normal use, maintenance and service, or replacing such parts with new genuine Ski-Doo parts without charge for parts and labor,
    at any authorized BRP distributor/dealer during the warranty coverage period.
    BRP reserves the right to improve or modify products from time to time without
    assuming any obligation to modify products previously manufactured.
    8) TRANSFER
    If the ownership of a product is transferred during the warranty coverage period, this warranty shall also be transferred and be valid for the remaining coverage period provided BRP or an authorized BRP distributor/dealer receives a proof
    that the former owner agreed to the transfer of ownership, in addition to the coordinates of the new owner.
    9) CONSUMER ASSISTANCE
    a)
    In the event of a controversy or a dispute in connection with this limited warranty, BRP suggests that you try to resolve the issue at the dealership level.
    We recommend discussing the issue with the authorized distributor/dealer’s
    service manager or owner.
    b) If further assistance is required, the distributor’s service department should
    be contacted in order to resolve the matter. You can find your distributor’s
    coordinates on www.brp.com.
    c) If the matter still remains unresolved then contact BRP at the address listed
    below.
    _____________________ 123
    For Russia, CIS and the Middle East, please contact our European office:
    BRP EUROPE N.V.
    Consumer Services Group
    Skaldenstraat 125
    9042 Gent
    Belgique
    Tel.: + 32 9 218 26 00
    For Scandinavia and European countries, please contact our Finland office:
    BRP FINLAND OY
    Service Department
    Ahjotie 30
    FIN-96320 Rovaniemi
    Finland
    Tel.: + 358 16 3208 111
    For all other countries, please contact our North American office:
    BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC.
    Consumer Services Group
    75, J.-A. Bombardier Street
    Sherbrooke, Québec J1L 1W3
    Tel.: 819 566-3366
    ©
    ®
    2006 Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. All rights reserved.
    Registered trademark of Bombardier Recreational Products Inc.
    124
    _____________________
    BRP EUROPEAN UNION MEMBER STATES LIMITED
    WARRANTY: 2008 SKI-DOO® SNOWMOBILES
    1) SCOPE OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY
    Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. (“BRP”)* warrants its 2008 Ski-Doo
    snowmobiles sold by authorized BRP distributor/dealer (as hereinafter defined) in
    states members of the European Union from defects in material or workmanship
    for the period and under the conditions described below.
    All genuine Ski-Doo parts and accessories, installed by an authorized BRP
    distributor/dealer (at the time of delivery of the 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile, carry
    the same warranty as that of the snowmobile.
    A GPS receiver may be supplied by BRP as standard equipment on certain 2008
    Ski-Doo snowmobiles. The GPS receiver is covered by the limited warranty issued by the GPS receiver’s manufacturer and is not covered by this BRP limited
    warranty.
    Use of the product for racing or any other competitive activity, at any point, even
    by a previous owner, will render this warranty null and void.
    2) EXCLUSIONS – ARE NOT WARRANTED
    The following are not warranted under any circumstances:
    • Normal wear and tear;
    • Routine maintenance items, tune ups, adjustments;
    • Damage caused by failure to provide proper maintenance and/or storage, as
    described in the Operator’s Guide;
    • Damage resulting from removal of parts, improper repairs, service, maintenance, modifications or use of parts not manufactured or approved by BRP or
    resulting from repairs done by a person that is not an authorized servicing BRP
    distributor/dealer;
    • Damage caused by abuse, abnormal use, neglect, use of the product on surfaces other than snow, or operation of the product in a manner inconsistent
    with the recommended operation described in the Operator’s Guide;
    • Damage resulting from accident, submersion, fire, theft, vandalism or any act
    of God;
    • Operation with fuels, oils or lubricants which are not suitable for use with the
    product (see the Operator’s Guide);
    • Snow or water ingestion;
    • Incidental or consequential damages, or damages of any kind including without
    limitation towing, storage, telephone, rental, taxi, inconvenience, insurance
    coverage, loan payments, loss of time, loss of income; and
    • Damage resulting from studs installed on tracks if the installation does not
    conform to BRP’s instructions.
    _____________________ 125
    3) LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
    THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY GIVEN AND ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF ANY
    AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
    WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY
    CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN
    DURATION TO THE LIFE OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY. INCIDENTAL AND
    CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER
    THIS WARRANTY. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW FOR THE
    DISCLAIMERS, LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS IDENTIFIED ABOVE, AS
    A RESULT, THEY MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU
    SPECIFIC RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER LEGAL RIGHTS
    WHICH MAY VARY FROM COUNTRY TO COUNTRY, OR PROVINCE TO
    PROVINCE.
    Neither the distributor, any BRP distributor/dealer nor any other person has been
    authorized to make any affirmation, representation or warranty regarding the
    product, other than those contained in this limited warranty, and if made, shall
    not be enforceable against BRP.
    BRP reserves the right to modify this warranty at any time, being understood that
    such modification will not alter the warranty conditions applicable to the products
    sold while this warranty is in effect.
    4) WARRANTY COVERAGE PERIOD
    This warranty will be in effect from the date of delivery to the first retail consumer
    or the date the product is first put into use, whichever occurs first and for a period
    of:
    TWENTY-FOUR (24) CONSECUTIVE MONTHS for private use owners, and
    TWELVE (12) CONSECUTIVE MONTHS for commercial use owners. However,
    the warranty coverage period on a snowmobile delivered between June 1st and
    December 1st of a given year will expire December 1st of the applicable year. A
    snowmobile is used commercially when it is used in connection with generating
    income or any work or employment during any part of the warranty period. A
    snowmobile is also used commercially when, at any point during the warranty
    period, it has commercial tags or is licensed for commercial use.
    The repair or replacement of parts or the performance of service under this warranty does not extend the life of this warranty beyond its original expiration date.
    Note that the duration and any other modalities of the warranty coverage are
    subject to the applicable national or local legislation in your country.
    5) CONDITIONS TO HAVE WARRANTY COVERAGE
    This warranty coverage is available only if each of the following conditions has
    been fulfilled:
    • The 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile must be purchased as new and unused by
    its first owner from a BRP distributor/dealer authorized to distribute Ski-Doo
    products in the country in which the sale occurred (“BRP distributor/dealer”);
    • The BRP specified pre-delivery inspection process must be completed and
    documented;
    126
    _____________________
    • The product must have undergone proper registration by an authorized BRP
    distributor/dealer;
    • he 2008 Ski-Doo snowmobile must be purchased in the country or union of
    countries in which the purchaser resides;
    • Routine maintenance outlined in the Operator’s Guide must be timely performed in order to maintain warranty coverage. BRP reserves the right to
    make warranty coverage contingent upon proof of proper maintenance.
    BRP will not honour this limited warranty to any private use owner or commercial
    use owner if the preceding conditions have not been met. Such limitations are
    necessary in order to allow BRP to preserve both the safety of its products, and
    also that of its consumers and the general public.
    6) WHAT TO DO TO OBTAIN WARRANTY COVERAGE
    The customer must notify a servicing BRP distributor/dealer within two (2)
    months of the appearance of a defect, and provide it with reasonable access
    to the product and reasonable opportunity to repair it. The customer must
    also present to the authorized BRP distributor/dealer, proof of purchase of the
    product and must sign the repair/work order prior to starting the repair in order
    to validate the warranty repair. All parts replaced under this limited warranty
    become the property of BRP.
    Note that the notification period is subject to the applicable national or local legislation in your country.
    7) WHAT BRP WILL DO
    BRP’s obligations under this warranty are limited to, at its sole discretion, repairing parts found defective under normal use, maintenance and service, or replacing such parts with new genuine Ski-Doo parts without charge for parts and labor,
    at any authorized BRP distributor/dealer during the warranty coverage period.
    BRP reserves the right to improve or modify products from time to time without
    assuming any obligation to modify products previously manufactured.
    8) TRANSFER
    If the ownership of a product is transferred during the warranty coverage period, this warranty shall also be transferred and be valid for the remaining coverage period provided BRP or an authorised BRP distributor/dealer receives a proof
    that the former owner agreed to the transfer of ownership, in addition to the coordinates of the new owner.
    _____________________ 127
    9) CONSUMER ASSISTANCE
    a)
    In the event of a controversy or a dispute in connection with this limited warranty, BRP suggests that you try to resolve the issue at the dealership level.
    We recommend discussing the issue with the authorized distributor/dealer’s
    service manager or owner.
    b) If further assistance is required, the distributor’s service department should
    be contacted in order to resolve the matter. You can find your distributor’s
    coordinates on www.brp.com.
    c) If the matter still remains unresolved then contact BRP at the address listed
    below.
    For Russia, CIS and the Middle East, please contact our European office:
    BRP EUROPE N.V.
    Consumer Services Group
    Skaldenstraat 125
    9042 Gent
    Belgique
    Tel.: + 32 9 218 26 00
    For Scandinavia and European countries, please contact our Finland office:
    BRP FINLAND OY
    Service Department
    Ahjotie 30
    FIN-96320 Rovaniemi
    Finland
    Tel.: + 358 16 3208 111
    For all other countries, please contact our North American office:
    BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC.
    Consumer Services Group
    75, J.-A. Bombardier Street
    Sherbrooke, Québec J1L 1W3
    Tel.: 819 566-3366
    ©
    ®
    2006 Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. All rights reserved.
    Registered trademark of Bombardier Recreational Products Inc.
    128
    _____________________
    PRIVACY OBLIGATIONS/DISCLAIMER
    We wish to inform you that your coordinates will be used for safety and warranty
    purposes. Sometimes, we also use the coordinates of our clients to inform them
    about our products and to present them offers. Should you prefer not to receive
    information on our products, services and offers, please let us know by writing
    to the address below.
    Also note that, from time to time, carefully selected and trustworthy organizations may be permitted to use the coordinates of our clients to promote quality
    products and services. If you prefer not to have your name and address released,
    please let us know by writing to the address below:
    In Canada
    In USA
    BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC.
    Warranty Department
    75, J.-A. Bombardier Street
    Sherbrooke, Québec J1L 1W3
    Fax Number: 819 566-3590
    BRP US INC.
    Warranty Department
    7575 Bombardier Court
    Wausau WI 54401
    Tel.: 715 848-4957
    For Russia, CIS and the Middle East
    BRP EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION
    After Sales Service Department
    Chemin de Messidor 5-7
    1006 Lausanne
    Switzerland
    Fax Number: + 41213187801
    For Scandinavian and European countries
    BRP FINLAND OY
    Service Department
    Ahjotie 30
    FIN-96320 Rovaniemi
    Finland
    Tel.: + 358 16 3208 111
    For all other countries, please contact A) or B)
    A) Your respective distributor (you will find is coordinates on www.brp.com).
    B) Our North American office:
    BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC.
    Warranty Department
    75, J.-A. Bombardier Street
    Sherbrooke, Québec J1L 1W3
    Canada
    Fax Number: 819 566-3590
    _____________________ 129
    CHANGE OF ADDRESS/OWNERSHIP
    If your address has changed or if you are the new owner of the vehicle, be sure
    to notify BRP by either:
    – mailing one of the following card below;
    – North America Only: calling at 715 848-4957 (USA) or 819 566-3366 (Canada);
    – notifying an authorized SKI-DOO dealer.
    In North America
    BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC.
    Warranty Department
    75, J.-A. Bombardier Street
    Sherbrooke, Québec J1L 1W3
    Fax Number: 819 566-3590
    For Russia, CIS and the Middle East
    BRP EUROPEAN DISTRIBUTION
    After Sales Service Department
    Chemin de Messidor 5-7
    1006 Lausanne
    Switzerland
    Fax Number: + 41213187801
    For Scandinavian and European countries
    BRP FINLAND OY
    Service Department
    Ahjotie 30
    FIN-96320 Rovaniemi
    Finland
    Tel.: + 358 16 3208 111
    For all other countries, please contact A) or B)
    A) Your respective distributor (you will find is coordinates on www.brp.com).
    B) Our North American office:
    BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC.
    Warranty Department
    75, J.-A. Bombardier Street
    Sherbrooke, Québec J1L 1W3
    Canada
    Fax Number: 819 566-3590
    130
    _____________________
    In case of change of ownership, please join a proof that the former owner agreed
    to the transfer.
    Notifying BRP, even after the expiration of the limited warranty, is very important
    as it enables BRP to reach the vehicle owner if necessary, like when safety recalls
    are initiated. It is the owner’s responsibility to notify BRP.
    STOLEN UNITS: If your personal vehicle is stolen, you should notify BRP or
    an authorized SKI-DOO dealer. We will ask you to provide your name, address,
    phone number, the vehicle identification number and the date it was stolen.
    o
    CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP
    o
    #
    CHANGE OF ADDRESS
    VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
    Model Number
    Vehicle Identification Number (V.I.N.)
    OLD ADDRESS
    OR PREVIOUS OWNER:
    NAME
    NO.
    STREET
    CITY
    STATE/PROVINCE
    COUNTRY
    NEW ADDRESS
    OR NEW OWNER:
    V00A2F
    APT
    ZIP/POSTAL CODE
    TELEPHONE
    NAME
    NO.
    STREET
    CITY
    STATE/PROVINCE
    COUNTRY
    APT
    ZIP/POSTAL CODE
    TELEPHONE
    _____________________ 131
    132
    _____________________
    Mmo2008-001_Skandic Exp_520000745 ANG_123_CMYK.FH10 Wed Mar 21 14:43:42 2007
    Page 1
    C
    M
    Y
    CM
    MY
    CY CMY
    K
    Operator’s
    Guide
    SKANDIC WT/SWT/SUV
    EXPEDITION TUV
    TM
    TM
    Includes
    Safety, Vehicle
    and Maintenance Information
    520 000 745
    CA
    OPERATOR’S GUIDE, SKANDIC/WT/SWT/SUV, EXPEDITION TUV, ENGLISH
    GUIDE DU CONDUCTEUR, SKANDIC/WT/SWT/SUV, EXPEDITION TUV, ANGLAIS
    FAIT AU / MADE IN CANADA
    U/M:P.C.
    ®™ AND THE BRP LOGO ARE TRADEMARKS OF BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC. OR ITS AFFILIATES.
    ©2007 BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN CANADA.
    Composite
    Read this guide thoroughly. It contains important safety information. Minimum recommended operator’s age: 16 years old.
    Minimum recommended passenger’s age (if applicable): 16 years old. Do not remove this Operator’s Guide from the vehicle.
    5 2 0
    0 0 0
    7 4 5
    

    File Specifications:

    1654/1654924-skandic_expedition__600_ho_sdi_2005.pdf file (20 May 2023)

    Accompanying Data:

    Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 Snowmobiles PDF Operator’s Manual (Updated: Saturday 20th of May 2023 08:27:55 AM)

    Rating: 4.6 (rated by 49 users)

    Compatible devices: Skandic WT, NORDIK, Blizzard 5500 1979, REV-XR 2009, Blizzard 9500, MX Z X 440 2002, Formula MACH 1, 1978 Blizzard.

    Recommended Documentation:

    Operator’s Manual (Text Version):

    (Ocr-Read Summary of Contents of some pages of the Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 Document (Main Content), UPD: 20 May 2023)

    • 28, Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART  WARNING Observe WARNINGS and CAUTIONS mentioned throughout this guide which are relevent to the item being checked. When component conditions seem less than satisfactory, replace with genuine BRP parts or approved equivalents. Some items may not apply to your particular model. Refer to MAIN- TENANCE in Shop Manual for more details. (1) 10-HOUR OR 500 km (300 m.) INSPECTIO…

    • 41, A29C30B 1 1. Air filter Drive Pulley Adjustment  WARNING Remove tether cord cap before performing any maintenance or adjustment, unless otherwise specified. Vehicle must be parkedinasafeplace,awayfromthetrail. General From factory TRA drive pulley adjustment screws are set to differ- ent positions depending vehicle and its engine type. This position allows the best compromise between acceleration, top speed …

    • 35, A29C33A 1 600 H.O. SDI — EXPANSION RESERVOIR NEAR INJECTION OIL RESERVOIR 1. Maximum A29C2ZA 2 1 V-1000 — EXPANSION RESERVOIR NEAR MUFFLER 1. Maximum 2. Minimum __________________________ 35

    • 16, 28) Fuses To open fuse box push on cover tab and tilt cover. A fuse description decal is inside the cover. A29E10A 1 1. Cover tab 29) Front Grab Handle/Front Bumper To be used whenever front of snowmobile requires manual lifting.  WARNING Do not attempt to lift the vehicle by hand alone. Use appro- priate lifting device or have assistance to share lifting stress in order to avoid risk of strain i…

    • 49, BRP LIMITED WARRANTY NORTH AMERICA: 2005 SKI-DOO ® SNOWMOBILES 1. SCOPE OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY Bombardier Recreational Products Inc. (“BRP”)* warrants its 2005 Ski-Doo snowmobiles from defects in material or workmanship for the period and under the conditions described below. All genuine Ski-Doo parts and accessories, installed by an authorized BRP dealer (as hereinafter defined) at the time of delivery of the 2005 Ski-Doo snowmobile, carry the s…

    • 40, A29D2RA 3 1 4 2 1. Collar screw 2. Vent hose 3. Air temperature sensor 4. Latch – Refer to Tundra Skandic Series Operator’s Guide (P/N 520 000 477) and follow Skandic SUV 600 procedure to remove belt guard. At installation do not forget to connect air temperature sensor other- wise a trouble code will appear. Air Filter Cleaning Check that the air silencer is clean and dry and properly reinstall the filter. CAUTION: Snowmobile e…

    • 34, Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 1 A29C2YA 2 1. Maximum 2. Minimum Add XP-S 0W40 synthetic 4-stroke oil (P/N 293 600 054) or an equiv- alent through dipstick hole as required. Reinstall dipstick. Cooling System Check coolant level in expansion reservoir. When the engine is cold, the level must be between minimum and maximum marks. 34 _________________________

    • 5, MAINTENANCE…………………………………………… 39 Belt Guard Removal and Installation …………………….. 39 Air Filter Cleaning ………………………………………. 40 Drive Pulley Adjustment ………………………………… 41 TROUBLESHOOTING……………………………………… 43 Monitoring Beeper Coded Signals……………………….. 43 SPECIFICA…

    • 44, 3 short beeps per second. Oil pilot lamp also lights up. 1. Low oil pressure on 4-TEC models. – Stop engine immediately and check oil level and top it. Check lubrication system. 3 short beeps per second. 1. Low battery voltage. – Check battery and charging system. 4 short beeps every 2 minutes. Oil pilot lamp also lights up. 1. Low oil level on 2-TEC models. – Check oil level and replenish as soon as possible. Battery pilot lamp lights up. 1. N…

    • 20, FUEL AND OIL Recommended Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline, available from most service stations or oxygenated fuel containing less than 10% of ethanol or 5% of methanol. The gasoline used must have the following recommend- ed minimum octane number. LOCATION OCTANE NUMBER Inside North America 87 (RON + MON)/2 Outside North America 91 RON CAUTION: Never experiment with other fuels or fuel ratios. The use of unrecomme…

    • 59, Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 PRIVACY OBLIGATIONS/DISCLAIMER We wish to inform you that your coordinates will be used for safety and warranty purposes. Sometimes, we also use the coordinates of our clients to inform them about our products and to present them offers. Should you prefer not to receive information on our products, services and offers, please let us know by writing to the address below. Also note that, from time to time, carefully selected and trustworthy organizations may be permitted to use the coor…

    • 19, Release START button immediately when engine has started. If engine does not start on first try, wait a few seconds then repeat procedure. To stop engine, turn off engine cut-out switch or pull off tether cord cap. 18 _________________________

    • 17, 38) Oil Pilot Lamp 600 H.O. SDI This pilot lamp will glow up when injection oil level is low. Stop ve- hicle in a safe place then, replenish injection oil reservoir. V-1000 This pilot lamp will glow up when engine oil pressure is too low. Stop vehicle in a safe place then, check oil level and replenish as described in FLUID LEVEL. Restart engine, oil pilot lamp must turn off after few seconds. If o…

    • 29, Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE CHART (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) FUEL SYSTEM Fuel Stabilizer R Fuel Filter R Fuel Lines and Connections I I I Throttle Cable I I I I Air Filter C C Fuel Injection System (visual inspection) I Throttle Body Bores and Throttle Plates (3) C DRIVE Drive Belt I I I Drive and Driven Pulleys I I C I C Tightening Torque of Drive Pulley Screw I I I Driven Pulley Preload I I I BRAKE Brake Fluid I I R I Brake I I I I TRANSMISSION Drive Chain Tension (600 H.O. SDI) A…

    • 32, A29C31A 1 TYPICAL 1. Dipstick Oil Injection System 600 H.O. SDI Always maintain a sufficient amount of recommended injection oil in the injection oil reservoir. CAUTION: Never allow oil reservoir to be almost empty. Do not mismatch oil reservoir cap with fuel tank cap. Install cap that is identified OIL.  WARNING Check level and refill every time you refuel. Be careful not to overfill. Wipe off any spillage. Oil is highly inflammable when heated. 32 _________________________

    • Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 User Manual

    • Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 User Guide

    • Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 PDF Manual

    • Ski-Doo SKANDIC EXPEDITION 600 H.O. SDI 2005 Owner’s Manuals

    Recommended: LED1901FV, SMB-638, Stylus CX3200, CLIP AND GO

    Links & Tools

    Operating Impressions, Questions and Answers:

    Перед вами файл pdf, где представлена инструкция (руководство) на русском для LYNX Xtrim Commander 600 SDI Limited (2010). Вы можете скачать ее либо изучить в онлайн режиме.

    Подробные сведения об инструкции:

    Устройство из раздела: снегоход

    Бренд-производитель: BOMBARDIER RECREATIONAL PRODUCTS

    Наименование модели: LYNX Xtrim Commander 600 SDI Limited (2010)

    Язык: Руководство на русском языке

    Файл: pdf

    Размер файла: 20,58 MB


    Скачать инструкцию к HARPER HDT2-1110

    ЗАГРУЗИТЬ

    Просмотр инструкции онлайн

    Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Руководство по первому снегу
  • Узел смешения для теплого пола valtec инструкция
  • Маска миракл гидропептид инструкция по применению
  • Бактерицидный рециркулятор navigator nur 01 215 g13 инструкция
  • Спрегаль от чесотки инструкция для детей